Class 10

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 The Passive

Mark these sentences from your textbook for class IX and their changed forms.
1. (a) After five years I came back home and (I) was met (ସାକ୍ଷାତ ହେଲା) by her at the station.
2. (a) The unique attempt was made (by Janaki) on 28 July 1 992.
1. (b) After five years I came back home and she met me at the station.
2. (b) Janaki made this unique attempt on 28 July 1 992.

•  In the above examples, the first two sentences are in the passive voice since the subjects ‘I’ and ‘the unique attempt’ are said to have been acted upon.
• But the sentences given in 1(b) and 2(b) are in the active voice as the subjects ‘she’ and ‘Janaki’ are said to be acting.
• In English, Verb has some forms, like Mood, Tense, Aspect and Voices
  [ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ (Verb) ର କେତୋଟି ରୂପ ଅଛି; ଯଥା : Mood (ଭାବ), Tense (କାଳ), Aspect (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସମାପ୍ତି| ଅସମାପ୍ତି ଅବସ୍ଥା) ଓ Voice (ବାଚ୍ୟ) ।
• Voice of the verb is of two types, namely Active Voice and Passive Voice.
  (କ୍ରିୟାର ବାଚ୍ୟ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାରର; ଯଥା – କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟ ଓ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟ ।)

Active Voice :
Examples:
We do our homework regularly in this school.
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ନିୟମିତ ଘରପଢ଼ା କରୁ ।)
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘We’ ହେଉଛି subject ବା ‘doer’ (କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ), ‘do’ ହେଉଛି verb ଏବଂ homework ହେଉଛି object ବା କର୍ମ I
Now question (ଏବେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କର)

Questions:
1. Who does ? (କିଏ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
we (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ)

2. What do ? (କ’ଣ କରୁ ?)
Answer:
nework (ଘର ପଢ଼ା)

When a subject/doer does something in a sentence, the sentence is said to be in the Active Voice. (ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରେ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Active Voice ରେ ଥାଏ ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘something’ ହେଉଛି ‘object’ କର୍ମ ।)
ତେଣୁ “We do our homework regularly in this school” ହେଉଛି ଏକ Active Voice

N.B. Subject in the Active Voice is always aDoer or an Actor and the received thing or person is always an Object.
Active Voice ବା କର୍ଡ଼ବାଚ୍ୟରେ Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ହେଉଛି ଏକ ‘କାରକ’ ବା ‘କଲାବାଲା (= we) ଏବଂ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରୁଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ହେଉଛି ଏକ କର୍ମ (= homework).

Passive Voice :
Examples:
Homework is done regularly in this school. (ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଘରପଢ଼ା ନିୟମିତ କରାଯାଏ । )
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘Homework’ (ଘରପଢ଼ା) ହେଉଛି Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ।

1. What is done ? (କ’ଣ କରାଯାଏ ? )
Answer:
homework (ଘରପଢ଼ା)
(ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେତେବେଳେ କର୍ତ୍ତାରୂପକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ (action/person/thing) ଉପରେ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦିଆଯାଏ, ବାକ୍ୟଟି Passive Voice ହୁଏ ।)

Know the differences between Active Voice and Passive Voice

Active voice	Passive voice
(1) A subject does/acts something (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା କାରକ କିଛି କରେ ।)	(1) A subject is acted upon. (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତାକୁ କରାଯାଏ । )
(2) As the subject acts something, it is like an Actor. (କର୍ତ୍ତା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Actor ଭଳି ।)	(2) As the subject doesn’t an act, it is like a Patient. (କର୍ତ୍ତା କିଛି କରୁନଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ଏକ Patient ଭଳି ।
(3) Verb(s) is Active verb. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Active verb ଅଟେ ।)	(3) Verb(s) is Passive Verb. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ(ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) Passive verb ଅଟେ ।)

Some More Examples:
(i) (a) I have painted this picture, (ମୁଁ ଏହି ଛବିଟି ଆଙ୍କିଛି ।) (Active Voice)
(T = Subject, have painted = Active verbs, this picture = Object)

1. Who has painted?
(କିଏ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
I (ମୁଁ)

2. What have I painted?
(ମୁଁ କ’ଣ ଆଙ୍କିଛି ?)
Answer:
= This picture.
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି)

(b) This picture has been painted by me. (Passive Voice)
(ଏହି ଛବିଟି ମୋ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି ।)
This picture = subject/patient
has been painted = passive verbs.
(ଏଠାରେ this picture (ଚିତ୍ର)କୁ ଅଙ୍କାଯାଇଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହା ନିଜେ ଆଙ୍କି ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) (a) You mustn’t take such a risk. (Active Voice)
(ତୁମେ ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
You = subject/doer/actor
must take = verbs/active verbs
such a risk = object.

(b) Such a risk mustn’t be taken by you. (Passive Voice)
(ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ ତୁମଦ୍ୱାରା ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା ଅନୁଚିତ ।)
Such a risk = subject/patient
must not be taken = verbs/passive verbs.

(iii) (a) Who saved the child? (Active Voice)
(କିଏ ଏହି ପିଲାକୁ ରକ୍ଷା କଲା ?)
‘ Who’ = subject/doer/actor
‘saved’ = verb/active verb
‘the child’ = object.

(b) By whom was the child saved?
Or, Who was the child saved by ? (Passive Voice)
(ପିଲାଟିକୁ କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଉଦ୍ଧାର କରାଗଲା/ରକ୍ଷା କରାଗଲା ?)
the child = subject
was saved = verbs/passive verbs.

Remember these Golden rules to convert Active Voice into Passive Voice:
(କର୍ତ୍ତୃବାଚ୍ୟକୁ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ସୁନ୍ଦର ନିୟମଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ମନେରଖ)

(1) Object (©9) in the Active Voice becomes subject in the Passive Voice.
table

(2) Subject in the Active Voice becomes by + Object in Passive Voice.
table

Examples:
(i) They informed us of the accident. (Active Voice)
(they = subject, us = object)
We were informed of the accident by them. (Passive Voice)
(we = subject, them = object)

(ii) I know you. (Active Voice)
You are known to me. (Passive Voice) (not ‘by me’)

(iii) They didn’t beat her. (Active Voice)
She wasn’t beaten by them. (Passive Voice)

→ Subject ଓ Object ବ୍ୟତୀତ verbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକର Tense (କାଳ) ଅନୁସାରେ Active ଓ Passive Voice ବ୍ୟବ୍ହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

Consider the following sentences (Step-by-step method of changing active into passive) :
Example – I:
Active Voice: Did the hunter kill the bird yesterday?
(ଶିକାରୀ ଗତକାଲି ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ମାରିଦେଲା କି ?)

Let’s change the sentence into declarative (ଏବେ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବଦଳାଇବା) :
(Declarative sentence) The hunter did kill the bird yesterday.
Step – I: The hunter killed (did kill) the bird yesterday.
Step – II: The bird was killed yesterday.
Step – III: (Changing into question or interrogative using the auxiliary verb in the beginning)
Step – IV: Was the bird killed yesterday ? ( ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ଗତକାଲି ମାରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା କି ? )

Example – II:
Who wrote this book ? ( ଏହି ବହି କିଏ ଲେଖିଥିଲେ ?)

Step – 1: Somebody wrote this book, (declarative)
(କେହି ଜଣେ ଏହି ବହି ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ ।)

Step – II : This book …………………………
(‘This book’ is used as the subject)

Step – III: This book was written ……………………
(using ‘was written’ (ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା) as the passive verbs)

Step – IV: This book was written by somebody.
(ଏହି ବହିଟି କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

Step – V: This book was written by whom / whom.
(Replacing ‘somebody’)(‘somebody’କୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି ।)

Step -VI: By whom was this book written?
Or, Who was this book written by ? (କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଏହି ବହିଟି ଲେଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ? )

Rule I

Present simple tense in Active Voice is changed into is/am/are + Past participle’ in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Present Simple tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେ is/am/are + Pastparticiple ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: We eat ripe mangoes in summer.
[eat- Present Simple, ripe mangoes – Object]
Passive Voice ‘.Ripe mangoes are eaten (ଖ୍ରୀଯାଏ) in summer.
[Ripe mangoes- Subject, are eaten- Passive Verbs (by us)]

(ii) Active Voice: He doesn’t respect his parents. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରେ ନାହିଁ)
[doesn’t respect- Present Simple, his parents- Object]
Passive Voice: His parents aren’t respected by him. (ସମ୍ମାନିତ କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ)
[His parents – Subject ]

(iii) Active Voice: Who listens to (ଶୁଣିବା) the radio?
[listens to – Present simple, the radio – Object]
Passive Voice: By whom is the radio listened to (ଶୁଣାଯାଏ)?
[is the radio- Subject]

Rule 2

Present Progressive Tense (is/am/are + ing) is changed into is/am/are being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ Present Progressive Tense କୁ is/am/are + being + Past Participle ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: When is Mr. Mohanty giving a party?
(is…..giving = Present Progressive, a party = Object)
Passive Voice = When is a party being given by Mr. Mohanty?
(a party = Object)

(ii) Active Voice: People are obeying the traffic rides.
(are obeying = Present Progressive, the traffic rules = Object)
Passive Voice: The traffic rules are being obeyed.

(iii) Active Voice: Am I copying down the answers?
(am…..copying = Present Progressive, the answers = Object)
Passive Voice: Are the answers being copied down?
(are……being copied down = Passive verbs, the answers = Object)

Rule 3

Present perfect (has/have + Past Participle) in Active Voice is changed into has/ have/been + Past Participle in Passive Voice
[Active Voice ରେ Present perfect tense କୁ Passive Voice 69 has been / have been + Past Participle Gରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: Who has killed the robber?
(has killed- Present Perfect, the robber = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom has the robber been killed?
(the robber = Subject, has. . . . been killed = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: The children have worked out the sum.
(have worked out = Present Perfect, the sum = Object)
Passive Voice: The sum has been worked out by the children.
(the sum = Subject, has been worked out = Passive Verbs)

(iii) Active Voice: Has the girl swept the rooms?
(has…..swept = Present Perfect, the rooms = Object)
Passive Voice: Have the rooms been swept by the girl?
(the rooms = Subject, have……been swept = Passive Verbs)

Rule 4

Past simple (took/didn’t take) in Active Voice is changed into was/were + Past Participle in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past Simple Tense କୁ Passive Voice ରେwas/were +Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The seller sold the vegetables at a cheap rate.
(sold = Past Simple, the vegetables = Object)
Passive Voice: The vegetables were sold at a cheap rate by the seller.
(the vegetables = Subject, were sold= Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Why did die police fire at the students?
(did….fire = Past simple, at the students = Object)
Passive Voice: Why were the students fired at by the police?
(were….fired at = Passive Verbs, the students = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Didn’t the batsman steal a run?
(Didn ’t…..steal = Past Simple, a run = Object)
Passive Voice: Wasn’t a run stolen by the batsman?
(wasn’t….stolen = Passive verbs, a run = Subject)

Rule 5

Past Progressive Tense is changed into was/were being + Past Participle in Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ର Past progressive tense Passive Voice ରେ was/were being + Past Participle ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: The child was making lots of mischiefs.
(was making = Past Progressive, lots of mischiefs Object)
Passive Voice: Lots of mischiefs were being made by the child.
(Lots of mischiefs = Subject, were being made = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Jason was reading this book.
(was reading = Past Progressive, this book = Object)
Passive Voice: This book was being read by Jason.
(this book = Subject, was being read = Passive Verbs)

(iii) Active Voice: Who was looking at the picture?
(was looking at =Past progressive, the picture = Object)
Passive Voice: By whom was the picture being looked at?
(was being looked at = Passive verbs, the picture = Subject)

Rule 6

Past Perfect Tense (had + Past Participle) in Active Voice is used as ‘had been + Past Participle’ in Passive Voice.

(i) Active Voice: The audience had admired the song.
(had admired =Past Perfect, the song = Object)
Passive Voice: The song had been admired by the audience.
(The song =Subject, had been admired = Passive Verbs)

(ii) Active Voice: Had the people helped the police trace the culprit?
(Had…..helped =Past Perfect, the police = Object)
Passive Voice: Had the police been helped to trace the culprit?
(had. been helped = Passive verbs, the police = Subject)

(iii) Active Voice: Why had the doctor operated the patient?
(had…..operated =Past Perfect, the patient – Object)
Passive Voice: Why had the patient been operated by the doctor?
(the patient =Subject, had…been operated = Passive Verbs)

Rule 7

On Modals [can/could/shall/should/will/would may/might/must/ought to]
[‘Be +Past Participle’ should be used in Passive Voice]

(i) Active Voice: Can you help me?
Passive Voice: Can I be helped by you?

(ii) Active Voice: Why could they draw the picture?
Passive Voice: Why could the picture be drawn by them?

(iii) Active Voice: I shall show you the stall.
Passive Voice: The stall shall/will be shown to you by me.

(iv) Active Voice: The teacher will conduct the drill class.
Passive Voice: The drill class will be conducted by the teacher.

(v) Active Voice: The servant should/ought to refund the necklace.
Passive Voice: The necklace should/ought to be refunded by the servant.

(vi) Active Voice: How would you do all the sums?
Passive Voice: How would all the sums be done by you?

(vii) Active Voice: May they help this blind man?
Passive Voice: May this blind man be helped by them?

(viii) Active Voice: The ants might eat the cake.
Passive Voice: The cake might be eaten by the ants.

(ix) Active Voice: The police mustn’t accept bribes(ଲାଞ୍ଚ).
Passive Voice: The bribes mustn’t be accepted by the police

Rule 8

On People + Main Verb…..in the Main Clauses
Main Clause (ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ) People + Main Verb + ….. ଥିଲେ Passive+ Voice ରେ it is (present) / was (past) + Past Participle of Main Verb + କୁ ଉଠାଇ) / to be (is/am/are କୁ ଉଠାଇ)

(i) Active Voice: People say that the Sultan was very rich.
Passive Voice: It is said that the Sultan was very rich.
Or, The Sultan is said to be very rich.

(ii) Active Voice: People say the whole episode is boring.
Passive Voice: It is said the whole episode is boring.
Or, The whole episode is said to be boring.

(iii) Active Voice: People consider that the Government will vote against the issue.
Passive Voice: It is considered that the Government will vote against the issue.
Or, The government is considered to vote against the issue.

Rule 9

(On To+Infinitive)
(A) ‘To’ + infinitive in the Active Voice is changed into ‘to be + Past Participle’ in the Passive Voice.
[Active Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’g କୁ ଉଠାଇ Passive Voice ରେ to be + Past Participle]

(i) Active Voice: He wanted to sell his old bike. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: He wanted his old house to be sold. (to be + Past Participle)

(ii) Active Voice: The house is to let. (to be + infinitive)
Passive Voice: The house is to be let. (to be + Past Participle)

(iii) Active Voice: Tell him to examine the matter. (to + infinitive)
Passive Voice: Tell him the matter to be examined. (to be + Past Participle)

(B) Bare Infinitive in Active Voice changed into ‘to + infinitive’’ (except ‘let’) in Passive Voice [Active Voice ର Bare infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ ‘to + infinitive’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: They let the boy go. (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The boy was let go. (ଏଠାରେ ‘let to go’ ହେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) Active Voice: I made Amit go to the market, (go = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: Amit was made to go to the market, (togo- to + infinitive)

(iii) Active Voice: We heard the beggar sing a song. (sing = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice: The beggar was heard to sing a song, (to sing = to infinitive)

(C) ‘Ing’ infinitive in Active Voice is changed into to be + Past Participle in Passive Voice. [Active Voice ରେ ‘Ing’ infinitive କୁ Passive Voice ରେ’to be + Past Participle’ ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।]

(i) Active Voice: My watch needs mending, (mending = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: My match needs to be mended.

(ii) Active Voice: These shoes need polishing, (polishing = ing. infinitive)
Passive Voice: These shoes need to be polished

Rule 10

On Imperative sentences [Active Voice ରେ ଆଦେଶ/ଉପଦେଶ/ଅନୁରୋଧ ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥରେ Passive Voice ରେ Let + object + be + Past Participle (ଆଦେଶ ଅର୍ଥରେ) ଏବଂ You are requested /warned (ଅନୁରୋଧ/ସତର୍କତା ଅର୍ଥରେ) ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ]

(i) Active Voice : Keep to the left (ବାମ ପଟେ ମାଡ଼ିଥିବା) (ଆଦେଶ)
Passive Voice: You are ordered/directed to keep to the left.

(ii) Active Voice: Obey your betters. (ଗୁରୁଜନମାନଙ୍କର କଥା ମାନ) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your betters = Object)
Passive Voice: Let your betters be obeyed.
Or, You are advised to obey your betters.

(iii) Active Voice : Do the sums quickly. (ଆଦେଶ) (ଅଙ୍କଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର କଷିପକାଅ ।)
(the sums = Object)
Passive Voice: Let the sums be done quickly.
Or, You are ordered to do the sums quickly.

(iv) Active Voice: Don’t run into the middle of the road (ସତର୍କ).
(ରାସ୍ତାର ମଝିରେ ଦୌଡ଼ ନାହିଁ ।)
Passive Voice: You are warned not to run into the middle of the road.
Or, You are forbidden (ବାରଣ) to run into the middle of the road.
(‘Forbidden’ ବା ‘ବାରଣ’ ନାହିଁ ଅର୍ଥକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏଥିରେ ‘not’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

(v) Active Voice : Please consult the doctor. (ଦୟାକରି ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକର ।) (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
(the doctor = Object)
Passive Voice: You are requested to consult the doctor.

(vi) Active Voice: Keep your promise. (ନିଜର ଶପଥ|ଜବାବ ରଖ ।) (ଉପଦେଶ)
(your promise = Object)
Passive Voice: You are advised to keep your promise.
Or, Let your promise be kept.

(vii) Active Voice : Prepare (yourself) for the worst. (ବିପଦପାଇଁ ନିଜକୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କର ।)
Passive Voice: Be prepared for the worst.

Rule 11

Got + Past Participle is used with several verbs in Passive Voice
[ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କେତେକ verb; ଯଥା – arrested, caught, confused, divorced, drunk, elected, engaged, killed, lost, married, cut. ଆଦି ସହିତ got + verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । )
[Here the actions are caused by somebody else other than the subject(s).] [ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ‘କର୍ତ୍ତା’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ନହୋଇ ଅନ୍ୟ କୌଣସି କାରକ ଦ୍ୱାରା ହୋଇଥାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Active Voice: The barber cut his hair. (ବାରିକ ତା’ର କେଶ କାଟିଲା ।)
Passive Voice: He got/had his hair cut. (ସେ ତା’ର କେଶ କଟାଇଲା ।)
(ii) Active Voice: The members elected him as the chairperson.
Passive Voice: He got elected as the chairperson.

Some More Examples:
(i) We got delayed in the traffic jam. (Passive Voice)
(ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ଭିଡ଼ଯୋଗୁଁ ଆମର ବିଳମ୍ବ ହୋଇଗଲା ।)
(ii) Mitali got married last month. (Passive Voice)
(ମିତାଲିର ଗତମାସରେ ବିଭାଘର ହେଲା ।)
(iii) The captives in the dungeon got killed in the encounter. (Passive Voice)

Ruel 12

Being + Past Participle
In Passive being + Past Participle is used with verb ‘like% prepositions without / of. [Passive Voice ରେ verb ‘like’ ‘ଏବଂ preposition ‘without’ ‘ଏବଂ ‘‘of ସହିତ being + Past Participle ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Nobody likes being blamed. (କେହି ନିନ୍ଦିତ ହେବାକୁ/ନିନ୍ଦା ପାଇବାକୁ ଚାହାଁନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।)
(ii) I don’t like being criticised. (ମୁଁ ସମାଲୋଚିତ ହେବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ ନାହିଁ । )
(iii) He attended the party without being invited.
(ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରିତ ନହୋଇ/ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ନପାଇ ସେ ଭୋଜିରେ ଯୋଗଦେଲେ ।)
(iv) She won’t go out at night. She is afraid of being attacked by the thieves.
(ସେ ରାତିରେ ବାହାରକୁ ଯିବ ନାହିଁ । ସେ ଚୋରମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଆକ୍ରମଣର ଶିକାର ହେବାକୁ ଭୟ କରୁଛି ।)

Correct Forms of Verbs:
Correct forms of verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ଠିକ୍‌ରୂପ କହିଲେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଏଠାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦର Passive form କୁ ବୁଝୁ ।

Remember the following rules :
(i) General truth (ସାଧାରଣ ସତ୍ୟ) – is/are + Past Participle ofMain Verb.

• Cheese is made from milk. (Passive Voice) (make)
  (କ୍ଷୀରରୁ ଛେନା ତିଆରି ହୁଏ | ତିଆରି କରାଯାଏ ।)
• ONIDA TVs are manufactured in Japan. (manufacture)
  (ଓନିଡ଼ା ଟେଲିଭିଜନ୍‌ ଜାପାନରେ ତିଆରି ହୁଏ ।)
• Vegetables are kept in the fridge to preserve them. (keep)
  (ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରି ରଖୁବାପାଇଁ ପନିପରିବାକୁ ଫ୍ରିଜରେ ରଖାଯାଏ ।)

(ii) Past incidents (ଅତୀତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – was/were + Past Participle of Main Verb (yesterday/ in 2016/ last year/month etc.)

• The first World War wasfought in 1914. (fight)
  (୧୯୧୪ ରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ବିଶ୍ଵଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସଂଘଟିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
• I was bought a mobile yesterday, (buy)
  (ଗତକାଲି ମୋ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ମୋବାଇଲ କିଣା ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)
• Penicilin was discoveredby SirAlexander Fleming, (discover)
  (ଆଲେକ୍‌ଜାଣ୍ଡାର ଫ୍ଲେମିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା ପେନ୍‌ସିଲିନ୍‌ ଉଦ୍ଭାବିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) Future incidents (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତର ଘଟଣାବଳୀ) – will be + Past Participle ofMain Verb
(tomorrow / the next day/ in 2021/ thefollowing month/year )

• The next World Cup in cricket will be held in 2019. (hold)
  (ପରବର୍ତୀ କ୍ରିକେଟ ବିଶ୍ୱକପ୍ ୨୦୧୯ରେ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହେବ ।)
• The flood-affected people will be granted BPL cards soon. (grant)
  (ବନ୍ୟା ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର BPL Cards ଦିଆଯିବ ।)
• Hritik’s birthday will be observed Sunday next. (observe)
  (ବ୍ରିତିକ୍‌ର ଜନ୍ମଦିନ ଆସନ୍ତା ରବିବାର ଦିନ ପାଳିତ ହେବ ।)

Activity-1

Verbs in some of the following sentences are active, in some passive. Identify them and then write A for active sentences and (P) for the passive ones in the box given against each sentence.
(i) Prakash killed a snake with a stick.
(ii) Mother has made a sweet cake for me.
(iii) Mr. Patnaik has been selected President of the Congress Party.
(iv) R.N. Tagore wrote the Gitanjali.
(v) Why was he beaten?
(vi) He must have finished his work by now.
Answers
(i) A
(ii) A
(iii) P
(iv) A
(v) P
(vi) A

Activity-2

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form:
(i) A car will (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought (କିଣାହେବ) next year if the savings increase.

(ii) Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake in Japan last year.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed (ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲେ) in the earthquake in Japan last year.

(iii) What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured (ଯାହାର ନାହିଁ ଉପଚାର) must be endured ( ସହିବା ଅଟେ ଶ୍ରେୟସ୍କର).

(iv) He should (punish) for telling a lie.
Answer:
He should bepunished (ଦଣ୍ଡିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ) for telling a lie.

(v) English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରାଯାଏ) all over the world.

(vi) The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired ( ମରାମତି ହେଉଥୁଲା) when I saw it last year.

(vii) The accident might (cause) due to the carelessness of the driver.
Answer:
The accident might be caused ( ହୋଇଥାଇପାରେ) due to the carelessness of the driver.

(viii) People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are being denied (ମିଳୁନାହିଁ) justice these days.

(ix) His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said (କୁହାଯାଏ) to have been a landlord.

(x) I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like to be left (ସ୍ଥାନ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବାର) alone.

Activity-3

Hereunder is a letter written by a father to his son. Rewrite it changing the verbs in brackets into their appropriate forms:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to (hold) on your school premises this evening. I (tell) that the Governor of our state has (invite) to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which (held) at your school. You would certainly(be awarded) some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor ifI (invite) to file function and (be) present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Answer:

Buxibazar
Cuttack
2nd January, 2013

Rakesh
I understand that the Annual Day function of your school is going to be held on your school permises this evening. I was told that the Governor of our state has been invited to inaugurate the function and to give away the prizes to the winners. I know that you secured the first position in your class in the last annual examination and also came first in the debate and essay competitions which was held at your school. You would certainly be awarded some prizes and medals for your merit and proficiency. I would have been very glad to see you receive prizes from the Governor if I had been invited to the function and had been present there at such happy moments.
However, enjoy yourself and stay happy at the function.
More when we meet.
Lots of love and good wishes.
Father

Activity- 4

The following is a part of a newspaper report. Use the verbs supplied in brackets in their appropriate forms:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar (bum) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women (bum) alive. All the belongings of the people (completely destroy) in the fire. About two hundred people (render) homeless and eighty people (hospitalize) for treatment of their injury (cause) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire (still shrouded) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people (badly need) at this hour.

Answer:
Fifty houses in the Khandagiri Slum area in Bhubaneswar were burnt (ଜଳିପୋଡ଼ି ପାଉଁଶ ହୋଇଗଲା) to ashes last Sunday. The children and six women were burnt alive (ଜୀବନ୍ତ ପୋଡ଼ିଗଲେ). All the belongings of the people were completely destroyed (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଧ୍ୱଂସ ହୋଇଗଲା) in the fire. About two hundred people were rendered (ଗୃହଶୂନ୍ୟ ହୋଇଗଲେ / ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ) homeless and eighty people were hospitalised (ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନାରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କରାଗଲା । କରାଯାଇଥିଲା) for treatment of their injury caused (ଘଟିଥିବା) in the fire. How the houses first caught fire is still shrouded (ରହସ୍ୟଘେରରେ ରହିଛି) in mystery. Government’s assistance for rehabilitation of these affected people is badly needed (ନିହାତି ଦରକାର ହେଉଛି) at this hour.

Activity-5

Write a passive sentence for each of the following situations, using the active verbs supplied in brackets. The first one has been done for you:
Example:
(i) My grandfather did not die. (murder)
Answer:
He was murdered.

(ii) People say he resigned his job, but he didn’t. (sack)
Answer:
He was sacked. (ତାକୁ ଚାକିରିରୁ ବହିଷ୍କାର କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(iii) He did not leave the examination hall. (ask to leave)
Answer:
He was asked to leave. (ତା’କୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଯିବାକୁ କୁହାଗଲା ।)

(iv) The shop did not open. (close down)
Answer:
It was closed down. (ଏହାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

(v) He didn’t do his homework yesterday. (punish)
Answer:
He was punished. (ତାକୁ ଦଣ୍ଡ ଦିଆଗଲା ।)

(vi) He could not come out of water. (drown)
Answer:
He was drowned. (ସେ ବୁଡ଼ିଗଲା ।)

(vii) My request was not entertained. (turn down)
Answer:
It was turned down. (ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରାଗଲା ।)

(viii) The doctor didn’t come in time. People waited for him. (keep)
Answer:
They were kept waiting. (ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅପେକ୍ଷାରତ ରଖାଗଲା ।)

Activity- 6

Study the following situations and write a passive sentence for each of them. The first one has been down for you.
1. You want to talk about the Odia Bhagabat, You would like to mention its author Jagannath Das.
Answer:
The Odia Bhagabat was written by Jagannath Das.

2. You would like to talk about the prize your friend Mohan won. You would also like to mention your friend’s name.
Answer:
The prize was won by my friend Mohan.

3. You have seen one of your friends breaking a chair. You have to report the matter to your class teacher without disclosing your friend’s name.
Answer:
A chair has been broken.

4. Your teacher asks you to write anessayinaweek’s time. You are not sure of yourself You have to tell your teacher that you will finish it in time. But you don’t want to take a risk.
Answer:
The essay can’t be written in a week’s time.

5. You want to talk about the delicious cakes your villagers make during the Raja festival every year. You are at this moment not interested in the villages.
Answer:
Delicious cakes are made during the Raja festival every year.

6. You don’t know who created the earth long ago. You want to talk about its creation.
Answer:
Our earth was created long ago.

7. You want to tell you best friend that your other friends will celebrate his birthday this year. You don’t want to say who they are.
Answer:
My birthday will be celebrated this year.

Activity-7

Use the verbs given in brackets in the following sentences in the correct form:
(i) Originally, this novel (write) in Hindi, but it (translate) into Odia in 1990.
Answer:
Originally, this novel was written in Hindi, but it was translated into Odia in 1990.

(ii) Cheese (make) from milk.
Answer:
Cheese is made from milk.

(iii) An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody (injure), the ambulance (not require).
Answer:
An accident occurred here this afternoon. Somebody called an ambulance, but as nobody was injured the ambulance was not required.

(iv) The office is in a mess. The telephone (never answer), no proper records (keep) and no work (do).
Answer:
The office is in a mess. The telephone is never answered, no proper records are kept and no work is done.

(v) A tree is lying across the road. It (blow down) in the storm.
Answer:
A tree is lying across the road. It has been blown down in the storm.

(vi) The letter (post) a week ago and it reached me yesterday.
Answer:
The letter was posted a week ago and it reached me yesterday.

(vii) The child playing on the road (run over) by a truck.
Answer:
The child playing on the road was run over by a truck.

Activity-8

The following are the instructions given for making tea using tea bags. Make them carefully and write the process in the passive form as per the instructions given: The first one has been done for you.
The Instructions are :
1. Use one tea bag to make each cup of tea.
2. Place the required number of tea bags in the kettle.
3. Add boiling water as per the requirement.
4. Stir the water, but make sure that the tea bags do not open.
5. Allow the tea to stand for five minutes.
6. Pour the tea into cups.
7. Add sugar and milk to taste.

How tea is made, using tea bags:
1. One tea-bag is used for making each cup of tea.
2. The required number of tea bags is placed in the kettle.
3. Boiling water is added as per the requirement.
4. The water is stirred, but it should be made sure that the tea bags don’t open.
5. The tea is allowed to stand for five minutes.
6. The tea is poured into cups.
7. Sugar and milk is added to taste.

The Passive Additional Questions With Answers

Put the verb in brackets into the correct passive form :
1. The temple (build) in the twelfth century.
Answer:
The temple was built in the twelfth century.

2. Wait! Your bicycle (repair) now.
Answer:
Wait! Your bicycle is being repaired now.

3. If you have a wound, you (advise) to wash it clean.
Answer:
If you have a wound, you are advised to wash it clean.

4. Louis Pasteur proved that diseases (cause) by germs.
Answer:
Louis Pasteur proved that diseases are caused by germs.

5. The house (construct) last year.
Answer:
The house was constructed last year.

6. The sunflower (can grow) in any type of soil.
Answer:
The sunflower can be grown in any type of soil.

7. More buildings (erect) in the future.
Answer:
More buildings will be erected in the future.

8. The plant (should water) regularly.
Answer:
The plant should be watered regularly.

9. The blackboard looks clean. It (clean) by the boy.
Answer:
The blackboard looks clean. It has been cleaned by the boy.

10. I don’t like (ask) stupid questions.
Answer:
I don’t like being asked stupid questions.

11. Did any of these houses (damage) during the cyclone?
Answer:
Did any of these houses get damaged during the cyclone?

12. The Gitanjali (write) by R.N. Tagore.
Answer:
The Gitanjali was written by R.N. Tagore.

13. English (speak) all over the world.
Answer:
English is spoken all over the world.

14. People (deny) justice these days.
Answer:
People are denied justice these days.

15. I like (leave) alone.
Answer:
I like being left alone.

16. Thousands of people (kill) in the earthquake last week.
Answer:
Thousands of people were killed in the earthquake last week.

17. She (sting) by a bee yesterday.
Answer:
She got stung by a bee yesterday.

18. Rahim (like) by everybody.
Answer:
Rahim is liked by everybody.

19. About 50 workers (arrest) during the last strike.
Answer:
About 50 workers were arrested during the last strike.

20. A car (buy) next year if the savings increase.
Answer:
A car will be bought next year if the savings increase.

21. What cannot (cure) must (endure).
Answer:
What cannot be cured, must be endured.

22. The road (repair) when I saw it last year.
Answer:
The road was being repaired when I saw it last year.

23. His grandfather (say) to have been a landlord.
Answer:
His grandfather is said to have been a landlord.

24. I (invite) to the function but I didn’t go there.
Answer:
I was invited to the function but I didn’t go there.

25. Smoking (prohibit) in public places.
Answer:
Smoking is prohibited in public places.

26. The thief(beat) severely by the police.
Answer:
The thief was beaten severely by the police.

27. My purse (steal) yesterday.
Answer:
My purse was stolen yesterday.

28. Rice (produce) in Odisha.
Answer:
Rice is produced in Odisha.

29. Konark Temple (build) Langula Narasingha Dev.
Answer:
Konark Temple was built by Langula Narasingha Dev.

30. Let him (tell) to go.
Answer:
Let him be told to go.

31. He (say) to be an honest man.
Answer:
He is said to be an honest man.

32. The batsman (declare) out for his misconduct.
Answer:
The batsman was declared out for his misconduct.

33. Cricket (not play) in the USA.
Answer:
Cricket is not played in the USA.

34. Mangoes (eat) in summer.
Answer:
Mangoes are eaten in summer.

35. The book (publish) yesterday
Answer:
The book was published yesterday.

Change the sentences into passive form.

1. The gardener waters the plants.
Answer:
The plants are watered by the gardener.

2. Janaki made the unique attempt on 28 July 1992.
Answer:
The unique attempt was made by Janaki on 28 July 1992.

3. Someone stole my pen.
Answer:
My pen was stolen.

4. The children are playing football in this playground.
Answer:
Football is being played by the children in this playground.

5. The students have decorated the room beautifully.
Answer:
The room has been decorated beautifully by the students.

6. The police arrested the thief.
Answer:
The thief was arrested.

7. People say that elephants have good memories.
Answer:
It is said that elephants have good memories.

8. Father gave the son fifty rupees.
Answer:
The son was given fifty rupees.

9. I made him write the essay.
Answer:
He was made to write the essay.

10. I saw him crossing the road.
Answer:
He was seen crossing the road.

11. These clothes need washing.
Answer:
The clothes need to be washed.

12. She has made a sweet cake for me.
Answer:
A sweet cake has been made for me.

13. Kalidas wrote Meghadoot.
Answer:
Meghdoot was written by Kalidas.

14. Somebody killed the snake with a stick.
Answer:
The snake was killed with a stick.

15. Why did he beat him?
Answer:
Why was he beaten?

16. When did he write the letter?
Answer:
When was the letter written by him?

17. Has anyone received the news?
Answer:
Has the news been received?

18. Can you draw a picture?
Answer:
Can a picture be drawn by you?

19. Do you know him?
Answer:
Is he known by you?

20. Who broke the window?
Answer:
By whom was the window broken?

21. How did you break the slate?
Answer:
How was the slate broken?

22. We grow rice in this part of the country.
Answer:
Rice is grown in this part of the country.

23. The customs officers seized the boat.
Answer:
The boat was seized by the customs officer.

24. The child has fed the cow.
Answer:
The cow has been fed by the child.

25. You must not take such a big risk.
Answer:
Such a big risk must not be taken by you.

26. Someone saved the bird.
Answer:
The bird was saved.

27. Did he write the poem?
Answer:
Was the poem written by him?

28. We elected him monitor.
Answer:
He was elected monitor.

29. Shut the door.
Answer:
Let the door be shut.

30. Prepare yourself for the worst.
Answer:
Be prepared for the worst.

31. Ants may eat the cakes.
Answer:
The cakes may be eaten by ants.

32. I hate people laughing at me.
Answer:
I hate being laughed at.

33. Nobody can defeat Biswa in chess.
Answer:
Biswa cannot be defeated in chess.

34. His pencil needs mending.
Answer:
His pencil needs to be mended.

35. We heard her laugh.
Answer:
She was to heard to laugh.

36. They will hold a meeting.
Answer:
A meeting will be held by them.

37. The farmers produce wheat in Punjab.
Answer:
Wheat is produced in Punjab.

38. The farmers were sowing the seeds.
Answer:
The seeds were being sown by the farmers.

39. March on.
Answer:
You are commanded to march on.

40. Keep on your promise
Answer:
Let your promise be kept.

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 Prepositions

Study the following sentences:
(i) The book is on the table. (ବହିଟି ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ଅଛି ।)
(ii) The book on the table is mine. (ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ଥିବା ବହି ମୋର ।)
(iii) I put the book on the table. (ମୁଁ ବହିଟିକୁ ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ରଖୁଲି ।)
(iv) The table is full of books. (ଟେବୁଲ ବହିରେ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ।)

1. In these sentences the preposition on and of tell us the position of the book in relation to the table.
(ଏ ସମସ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଟେବୁଲ୍ ସହିତ ବହିର ସ୍ଥିତି ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ preposition on ଓ of ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି ।)
2. Preposition is a word used before a noun or a pronoun to show its relation with the other word(s) in a sentence.
[Preposition ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯାହାକି ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ସହିତ ସଂପର୍କ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।]
Here the other word is the noun or pronoun used as the Subject.
ଏଠାରେ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ କହିଲେ Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ noun ବା pronoun.

Difference between Adverb and Preposition :

Adverb Particle	Preposition
It modifies the verb or verb phrase. (ଏହା କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବାକ୍ୟାଶକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ ।) (i) The sun sank down. (ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅସ୍ତଗାମୀ ହେଲା ।) (sank = verb) (ii) The birds are flying above. (ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଉପରକୁ ଉଡୁଛନ୍ତି ।) (are flying = verb phrase)	It goes / is used before the noun phrase (ଏହା noun phrase ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।) (i) The sun sank down the hill. (ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପାହାଡ଼ ତଳକୁ ଢଳିଗଲା ।) (the hill = noun phrase) (ii) The birds are flying above the tree. (ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ ଗଛ ଉପର ଦେଇ ଉଡୁଛନ୍ତି ।) (the tree = noun phrase)

Remember
‘down the hill’ and ‘above the tree’ are Prepositional phrases since they begin with Prepositions respectively ‘down’ and ‘above’.
[‘down the hill’ ଏବଂ ‘above the tree’ ହେଭଛକ୍ତି prepositions କାରଣ ଏଗୁଡ଼କ Prepositional ‘down’ ଯଥାକ୍ରମେ ‘down’ ଓ ‘above’ ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି ।]

Differences Between Preposition and Conjunction

Preposition (ବିଭକ୍ତି ସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ)	Conjunction (ସଂଯୋଗ ଅବ୍ୟୟ)
Used before noun or noun phrase. (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ପୁର୍ବରୁ Preposition ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।) Examples: We must be ready before their arrival. (ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ ।) (their arrival = noun phrase)	Connects or joins two clauses. (ଦୁଇଟି ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ବାକ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡକୁ Conjunction ଯୋଗକରେ ।) Examples: We must be ready before they arrive. (ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ ।) (before they arrive = clause)

Types of Prepositions :

There are SIX different kinds of prepositions.

1. Simple Preposition (Single-word prepositions)
at, in, on, through, over, under, off, up, with, down, of, by, from, etc.
Examples:
He is at home.
The tree was cut down by me.
This man has passed through many troubles.
The road is under repair. (ରାସ୍ତା ନିର୍ମାଣାଧୀନ)
The sun shines over the earth. (ଉପରେ)
I am weak in mathematics.

2. Double Prepositions :
out of, from within, from among, from under, etc.
Examples:
A terrible voice came from within my heart. (ମୋ ହୃଦୟ ଭିତରୁ)
Deepak was selected from among two hundred candidates. (ମଧ୍ୟରୁ)
A huge (ବିଶାଳ) snake emerged (ବାହାରି ଆସିଲା) from under the water. (ଭିତରୁ)
Father drove the servant out of the house. (ଘରୁ)

3. Compound prepositions :
(Prepositions formed by prefixing a preposition, usually ‘be’ (-by), or a (-on) to a Noun, Adjective or Adverb)
about (on + by + out), across (on + cross), above, across, along, amidst, around, before (by + fore), behind, between, within, inside, outside, along with, alongside, throughout.
Examples:
Tell me about your family. (ବିଷୟରେ)
He ran the wire across the ground. (ଏପଟରୁ ସେପଟକୁ)
Visit me around 5 p.m today. (ପାଖାପାଖ୍)
We have a garage behind the building. (ପଛପଟେ)
It has been raining throughout the day. (ଦିନସାରା)
He gets happiness among friends. (ମଧ୍ୟରେ, ଗ୍ରହଣରେ)

4. Phrase Prepositions (Prepositional phrases):
(two or more words ending in a preposition, but used together with the force a single preposition) according to (ଅନୁସାରେ), by dint of (ବଳରେ, ପରିଶ୍ରମ, ପୁଣ୍ୟ, ସଚୋଟତା ଆଦି), because of (କାରଣରୁ । ଯୋଗୁଁ) , with regard to (ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ । ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ), by means of (ଯୋଗୁଁ), an account of (ହେତୁ / କାରଣରୁ), in respect of (ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ), on the brink of, on the point of (ହେବା । ଘଟିବା ଉପରେ) etc.
Examples:
Have you anything to say with reference to this question?
(ଏହି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ବିଷୟରେ ତୁମର କିଛି କହିବାର ଅଛି ?)
The patient is on the verge / point of death. (ରୋଗୀ ଜଣକ ମୃତ୍ୟୁର ଦ୍ଵାରଦେଶରେ ।)
He disclosed the matter in the course of the conversation.
(କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ସମୟରେ ସେ ଘଟଣାଟିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲା ।)
Mahesh secured the first class by dint of labour.
(ପରିଶ୍ରମ ବଳରେ । ସହାୟତାରେ) ମହେଶ ପ୍ରଥମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଲାଭ କଲା ।
Father couldn’t go (ଯାଇପାରିଲେ ନାହିଁ) to his office on account of (ଯୋଗୁଁ) illness ( ଅସୁସ୍ଥତା).

5. Participial Prepositions :
(Present and past Participles are used as prepositions)
concerning, considering, regarding, during, pending, etc.
Examples:
I shall talk to him concerning the matter. (ଘଟଣା ବିଷୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମ ସହିତ କଥାହେବି)
I will go home during (ସମୟରେ) the next Puja.
Considering his age (ତାହାର ବୟସକୁ ବିଚାରକରି ।) he was let off ( ଛାଡ଼ିଦିଆଗଲା).

6. Disguised Prepositions :
It is seven o'() clock. (o= disguised preposition)

Forms of Objects Governed by Prepositions:
⇒ Prepositions can have the following forms of objects:
(i) Noun (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ): The book is on the table.
Malati cut her finger with a knife.

(ii) Pronoun (ସର୍ବନାମ): Father was speaking to him.
The school boy will play with us.

(iii) Adjective (ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ) : Always be kind to the poor (ସର୍ବଦା ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କ ପ୍ରତି ଦୟାଶୀଳ ହୁଅ ।)
He is good at mathematics.

(iv) Infinitive (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା) :
Sheela does nothing but play.
The old man is about to die.

(v) Gerund (a verb with ‘ing’ functioning like a noun is a gerund.) :
He is fond of reading novels. (reading – gerund)
You will gain nothing by asking him for help. (asking – gerund)

(vi) Adverb (କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ) :
Some adverbs of time or place are used as objects of prepositions :
We shall begin the work from now. (now – adverb of time) (ଏବେଠାରୁ)
I began from where I ended. (where – adverb of place) (ଯେଉଁଠାରୁ)
Nothing lasts for ever. (ever – adverb of time)

(vii) Phrase ( ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) :
The laboures worked for over eight hours. (for over eight hours – phrase) The stranger came from across the river. (from across the river – phrase) This thing happened within a few hours of his arrival.
(within a few hours of his arrival – phrase)

(viii) Noun clause (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :
I told you of what I had heard. (of preposition) (ମୁଁ ଯାହା ଶୁଣିଥୁଲି ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ କହିଲି ।)
Your success depends on how you perform in the examination. (on – preposition)
(ତୁମେ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ କିପରି କରୁଛ ତାହା ଉପରେ ତୁମର ସଫଳତା ନିର୍ଭର କରୁଛି ।)

Preposition of Manner and Method :
They faced the situation with courage (ସାହସର ସହିତ)
We won the game with ease (ସହଜରେ).
The old furniture was sold at auction ( ନିଲାମରେ ବିକ୍ରିହେଲା).
I filled the basket with sand (ବାଲିରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କଲି).
The house was destroyed by fire (ନିଆଁଦ୍ଵାରା).
He purchased the land through a broker (ଏକ ଦଲାଲ ଦ୍ଵାରା).

Preposition of Cause, Reason and Purpose :
The man died of cholera.
The poor laborer ମୂଲିଆ died from overwork.
He is suffering from fever.
Gandhiji worked for the good of his countrymen (ଦେଶବାସୀ).
The man fled away (ପଳାୟନକଲା) for the fear of being arrested (ଗିରଫ ହେବା ଭୟରେ).
The guilty boy (ଦୋଷୀ ବାଳକ) was trembling (ଥରୁଥୁଲା) with fear (ଭୟରେ).

Possession (ଅଧ୍କାର)
He is a man of means. (ଧନଶାଳୀ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)
A man of truth is respected by all.
I know the lady with golden hair.

Contrast Concession (ବିରୋଧୀଭାବ)
For all his wealth (ସମସ୍ତ ସମ୍ପତ୍ତି ଥାଇ ସୁଦ୍ଧା) he isn’t happy.
After (in spite of) (ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ) such hard labour, he couldn’t pass.
With (in spite of) all his faults (ତାହାର ସମସ୍ତ ତ୍ରୁଟି ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ) I like him.

Direction and Motion (ଦିଗ ଓ ଗତି)
The earth moves round (ଚାରିପଟେ) the sun.
The boat was sailing down (ତଳ ଆଡ଼କୁ) the river.
The boy returned home from (ରୁ) school.
My friend is coming towards (ଆଡ଼କୁ) me.
The thief rushed into (ଝାଡ଼ ବେଗରେ ପଶିଗଲା) the room.

Source of origin, motive, inference (ଉତ୍ସ, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଓ ଅନୁମାନ)
Rain comes from the clouds.
Light comes from the sun.
He did it from malice. (ଈଷା)
This famous line is from Shakespeare’s famous tragedy.

Measure, rate, value (ମାପ, ମୂଲ୍ୟ, ହାର)
Cloth is sold by the meter.
I am older than Rama by two years.
This room is fifteen feet (length) by eleven feet. (width ପ୍ରଶସୁ)

Mark the end-position of the prepositions in the following examples :
(ତଳଲିଖୁତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କର ଶେଷରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ prepositions କୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର)
(i) She needs a pen to write with.
[to write with = non-finitive phrase.]
(ସେ ଲେଖୁବା ପାଇଁ ଏକ କଲମ ଦରକାର କରୁଛି ।)

(ii) Who were you talking to? [Who = Wh-question.]
(ତୁମେ କାହା ସହିତ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରୁଥିଲ ?)

(iii) What I am sure of is that Gopal will succeed. [What I am sure of is Wh-clause] (ମୁଁ ଯେଉଁ ବିଷୟରେ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଅଟେ ତାହା ହେଉଛି ଗୋପାଳ ସଫଳ ହେବ ।)

(iv) That is the article (which) I told you about.
[I told you about = Relative Clause.]
(ଇଏ ସେହି ଜିନିଷ ଯାହା ବିଷୟରେ ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ କହୁଥୁଲି ।)

(v) What a difficult situation I was put into !
[Exclamation = ବିସ୍ମୟ]
(ମୁଁ କି ଅସୁବିଧାଜନକ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ପଡ଼ିଯାଇଥିଲି !)

(vi) War reporters sometimes get shot at.
[get + Past Participle = Passive construction.]
(ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ବିବରଣୀ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତକାରୀ ବେଳେବେଳେ ଗୁଳିମାଡ଼ର ଶିକାର ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି ।)

Preposition Of Place

1. At
1. at the door (ଦ୍ବାର ପାଖରେ)
at the gate (ଫାଟକ ନିକଟରେ)
at school
at college
at sea (ଜଳଯାତ୍ରା ସମୟରେ)
at the Samrat / Ritz Cinema (ସମ୍ରାଟରିଜ୍ ପ୍ରେକ୍ଷାଳୟରେ)
at airport (ବିମାନଘାଟୀରେ)
at the station
at the funeral ceremony (ଶବ ସଂସ୍କାର ସମୟରେ)
at the window (ଝରକା ପାଖରେ)
at her desk
at the bus-stop (ବସ ରହଣୀ ସ୍ଥଳରେ)
at University (ବିଶ୍ବବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ)
at work (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ)
at the party (ଭୋଜିରେ )
at the meeting (ସଭାରେ)
at a football / cricket match
at the concert (ସଂଗୀତ ସଭାରେ)

2. ‘At’ if it means somebody’s house [‘At’ ଯଦି ଜଣଙ୍କର ଘରକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ] Examples :
(i) He is at his uncle’s (house). ( ମାମୁଘରେ)
(ii) The patient is at the doctor’s (clinic). (ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କର କ୍ଲିନିକ୍‌ରେ)
(iii) Satish was at the hairdresser’s. (ସେଲୁନରେ)

3. A point of place during a journey (ଯାତ୍ରାବେଳେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ) Examples:
(i) Do you know if the train stops at Bhubaneswar?
(ii) They stopped at a small town on the way to New Delhi.

2. In
1. in the garden (ବଗିଚାଭିତରେ )
in the river (ନଦୀ ଭିତରେ)
in the bottle (ବୋତଲରେ )
in the sky
in the sea
in a queue (ଏକ ଲମ୍ବାଧାଡ଼ିରେ)
in a/ the mirror
in a/ the magazine (ଏକ ପତ୍ରିକାରେ )
in his hand (ତା’ ହାତ ଭିତରେ)
in the Andamans (ଆଣ୍ଡାମାନ ଦ୍ଵୀପପୁଞ୍ଜରେ)
in the park
in the field
in a line (ଗୋଟିଏ ଧାଡ଼ିରେ)
in a photograph (ଏକ ଫଟୋରେ)
in a/the book

2. ‘In’ with cities, towns, villages [ନଗର, ସହର, ଗ୍ରାମ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ In]
Examples:
(i) Samir lives in London. (ନଗର)
(ii) They live in Rourkela. (ସହର)
(iii) I work in Jairampur. (ଗ୍ରାମ)

IN(Building)	AT(point of place)
(i) There are many customers in the shop	(i) Go along the road and turn left at the shop
(ii) It was cold in the library	(ii) We are at the library choosing books

3. On
1. on the notice board
on your shirt
on the ground
on the floor (କଟାଟ ଉପରେ)
on the door (କବାଟ ଉପରେ)
on the wall
on the grass
on the desk (ଡେସ୍କ ଉପରେ)
on the island (ଦ୍ବୀପରେ, ଯଦି ଦ୍ୱୀପ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ହୋଇଥାଏ)
on the first/ second floor

2. open place (ଖୋଲାସ୍ଥାନ)
on the railway (ରେଳବାଇରେ )
on the /a farm
on the/ a rubber/tea/ teak plantation (ରବର, ଚାହା ଓ ସାଗୁଆନ ବଗିଚାରେ)
on the campus.

4. By
1. ‘By’ means next to/beside (ପାଖରେ)
Come and sit by me [ଆସ ଓ ମୋ ପାଖରେ ବସ ।]
2. Measurement
(i) Abinash won the car race by ten meters.
(ii) My father’s salary has increased by 20 percent.
3. Above / Over
(i) The plane is flying above / over the town. [ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି ସହର ଉପର ଦେଇ ଉଡୁଛି ।]
(ii) Flags waved above/over our heads. [ଆମ ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଉପରେ ପତାକାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭଡ଼ିଲା । ]
Remember
‘above lover’ describe a vertical relationship.
[above/ over vertical ବା ଲମ୍ବଜ ସଂପର୍କକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।]

5. Over
1. Across/ from one side to the other [ଗୋଟିଏ ପାର୍ଶ୍ବରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵକୁ]
(i) There is a bridge over the river. [ନଦୀର ଏପଟରୁ ସେପଟକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପୋଲ ଅଛି ।]
2. (i) The sun is over our heads. [ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆମ ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଉପରେ ଅଛି ।]
(ii) The girl is leaning over the wall. [ଝିଅଟି କାନ୍ଥ ଉପରେ ଆଉଜେଇ ହୋଇଛି ।]
(iii) The building cost over Rs. 1 lakh. [କୋଠାଘରଟି ଲକ୍ଷରୁ ଅଧ୍ବକ ଟଙ୍କା ପଡ଼ିଲା ।]

6. Above / Below
(i) There is a temple above the house.
(ii) The house is below the temple.

7. Under
(i) There is a cat under the table. [ଟେବୁଲ ତଳେ ବିଲେଇଟିଏ ଅଛି ।]
(ii) The patient is under treatment. [ରୋଗୀ ଜଣକ ଚିକିତ୍ସାଧୀନ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।]
(i) Gases become liquid under pressure. [ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଚାପ ଦ୍ବାରା ତରଳରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।] (iv) Your application is under consideration. [ତୁମ ଦରଖାସ୍ତ ବିଚାରାଧୀନ ଅଛି ।]

8. Along (ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପାର୍ଶ୍ବରେ)
(i) The boy is walking along the road. [ବାଳକଟି ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଯାଉଛି । ] (‘on’ ନୁହେଁ )
(i) The bus was running along the street. [ବସ୍‌ ରାସ୍ତାରେ ତୀବ୍ର ଗତିରେ ଚାଲୁଥିଲା । ]

9. Across [from one side to the other (ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପଟରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପଟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ)]
The man is going / walking across the road.[ଲୋକଟି ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପଟରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପଟକୁ ଯାଉଛି ।]

10. Through
(i) The road goes through the tunnel. [ରାସ୍ତାଟି ସୁଡ଼ଙ୍ଗ ଦେଇ ଯାଇଛି । ]

11. To / Towards [To : for destination (ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟସ୍ଥଳ) ଏବଂ Towards : for ‘direction’ (ଦିଗ)]
(i) They are going to Konark. [ସେମାନେ କୋଣାର୍କକୁ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି ।]
(ii) saw them running towards the field. [ମୁଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ କ୍ଷେତଆଡ଼କୁ ଦୌଡ଼ିଯାଉଥିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି । ]

12. In front of (ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ। ଆଗରେ)
There is a garden in front of the school. [ସ୍କୁଲ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବଗିଚା ଅଛି ।]

13. Behind [ପଛରେ (at the back of)]
The motorcycle is behind the motorcar. [ମୋଟର ସାଇକେଲ କାର୍ ପଛରେ ଅଛି । ]

14. Opposite (ଆଗରେ | ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ| ମୁହଁ କରି | ମୁହାଁମୁହିଁ)
Mita is sitting opposite Gita. [ମିତା, ଗୀତାର ଠିକ୍ ଆଗରେ | ମୁହାଁମୁହିଁ ହୋଇ ବସିଛି । ]

15. Between (ମଧ୍ୟରେ | ମଝିରେ)
(i) The ball went between the player’s legs.
[ଖେଳାଳିଙ୍କ ଗୋଡ଼ ମଝିରେ ବଲ୍‌ ଗଡ଼ିଗଲା । ]
(ii) Luxumburg lies between Belgium, Germany and France.
[ବେଲଜିୟମ୍, ଜର୍ମାନୀ ଓ ଫ୍ରାନ୍ସ ଦେଇ ଲକ୍‌ ମୂବର୍ଗ ଯାଇଛି । ]
(iii) Sita is standing between Rama and Laxman.
[ରାମ ଓ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣ ମଝିରେ ସୀତା ଠିଆ ହୋଇଛି । ]

16. Among [a large number (ବହୁ ସଂଖ୍ୟକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ|ଭିତରେ)]
Distribute the sweets among the children.
[ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ମିଠାଇସବୁ ବାଣ୍ଟି ଦିଅ । ]
(ii) I tried to identify Seema among the guests.
[ଅତିଥୁମାନଙ୍କ ଭିତରୁ ମୁଁ ସୀମାକୁ ଚିହ୍ନିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କଲି । ]

Mark the use of the following prepositions

AT:
I’ll see you at the station at 4 o’clock. He lives at Salipur.
‘At’ is used mainly to indicate a place or point of time.
Other uses:
at for small towns, in for large cities. at five rupees a kilo.
He is good at football/English/his work. His father died at fifty-two.

BY:
Nearness (ନିକଟତା): Come and sit by me.
Direction on movement (ଦିଗ ବା ଗତି): We come to Paradeep by way of Jagatsinghpur.
Agency (କାରକ) : The book was written (ରଚିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା) by Fakir Mohan.
Time: We traveled by day/night.
Measurement: (i) Banaras are sold by dozens.
(ii) He is older than me by two years.
By means of: Radios work by electricity.

FOR:
Space of time or distance:
(i) I am staying here for a week. (ii) The forest goes on for five kms.
Purpose, aim, intention ଭଡେଣ୍ୟ
(i) We go there for English lessons. (ii) He uses a razor () for shaving.
Direction:
Which is the bus for Kendrapara?

Point of time:
The meeting is arranged for seven a.m.
Cause (କାରଣ) :
I couldn’t see anything for thick smoke (ଘନ କୁହୁଡ଼ି ହେତୁ).
He gained (ଜିତିଲା) a medal (ପଦକ) for bravery (ସାହସିକତା).
We dance for joy.

Exchange :
He paid Rs.50/- for that picture.

FROM:
A motion away, departure (ପ୍ରଷ୍ଥ।ନ), removal :
He rose (ଉଠି ଠିଆ ହେଲା) from the chair. They came from Puri last week.
A starting point, place of origin (ଭସ୍ଥ):
He read from page 16 to 21. The wool has come from Australia.
Cause: She is suffering from fever / a cold / a headache.
Separation: He is far away from home.

IN:
Circumstances or condition (ପରିସ୍ଥିତି)
In prison, in the dark, in good/bad health, in debt (ଋଣଗ୍ରସ୍ତ), in a bad temper (କ୍ରୋଧରେ)
Dress, covering: Sheela was dressed in silk. The book was bound in leather.
Time: In the morning/afternoon/evening / January/2019
At the end of: In an hour, in two weeks, in three years, in 20 minutes

OF:
Genitive (ଉପସର୍ଗ) :
the tail (ଲାଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼) of the dog,
the love of God, the capital of India
Origin or authorship:
Child of poor parents,
Poems of Wordsworth
Measure, quantity:
a meter of cloth, a kilo of sugar, a box of matches.

ON:
Position :(i) The book is on the table.
(ii) London is on the Thames.
(iii) Cuttack is on the Mahanadi.
Time: On May 31st, On Thursday, On reaching home, On the morning of 10th June.
To mean “about” :
He gave a lecture on America.
A book on Indian history

ΤΟ:
Direction of Movement: They are going to Puri. Come to me.
A limit: From 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. From beginning to end
Comparison (ତୁଳନା): This car is superior/inferior/equal to that one (car).

WITH:
Accompaniment (ସହିତ) :
He came here with all his family.
Agreement (Disagreement) (ସମ୍ମତି / ଅସମ୍ମତି)
(i) I agree/disagree with him on this matter.
(ii) Don’t quarrel with me.
An instrument (ଉପକରଣ): Cut the bread with this knife.
Cause (କାରଣ): The old man was bent with age and dying with hunger.
Manner (ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା): They fought with bravery.
He stood with his hands in his pockets.
Possession (ଧାରଶ): A girl with golden hair, A house with a large garden.

ABOVE:
Directly higher than the point/ on a higher level
We flew above the clouds.
(ii) The sun rose above the clouds.
(iii) The water came above our knees.
(iv) A Headmaster ranks above an assistant teacher.
Greater in number, price, weight etc.
It weighs (ଓଜନ) above / over ten kilos.
Applicants (ଆବେଦନକାରୀ) I must be above/over the age of 21.

More than A soldier should value honor above (ଠାରୁ । ଅପେକ୍ଷା) life.
Too difficult for The book is above me.

OVER:
Covering partly (ଆଂଶିକ ଭାବରେ) or completely
Spread a cloth over the table / the floor / the bed.
At or to a level higher than, but not touching
(i) The sky is over/above our heads.
(ii) The electric wires over the street are ugly.
(iii) There was a lamp over the table.
Superiority in rank (ପଦବୀରେ ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟତା)
(i) These people need a firm (ଦୃଢ଼) ruler over them.
(ii) He has no command (ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ) over himself.
In every part: He is famous all over the world.
At the other side: Look over the edge.
More than The family stayed here for over a year.

ACROSS:
From one side to the other :
(i) The child ran across the road.
(ii) Draw a line across a sheet of paper.
On the other side of :
My house is just across the street.

AMONG:
Position in the middle :
You may see my house among the trees.
Included (ଅକ୍ତଭୁକ୍ତ): Kalidas is among (one of) the world’s greatest poets. Sharing: The sweets are to be distributed (ବଣ୍ଟାଯିବାର ଅଛି) among the students.

UNDER:
Lower than and covered by
He put the letter under a book that was lying on the desk.
Covered by/Protected by (ଶାସିତ / ସୁରକ୍ଷା ପ୍ରଦାନ) :
In 1940 India was under British rule and its soldiers served under the British flag.
A certain state of being :
He is under treatment (ଚିକିତ୍ସାଧୀନ) for filaria.

THROUGH:
Position on movement usually from one side to the other:
(i) The train rushed (ran speedily) through the tunnel (ସୁଡ଼ଙ୍ଗ).
(ii) Look through the window.
(iii) He has come through a lot of problems.
Agency (କାରକ) :
(i) He got the job through his uncle. (by the influence of, Gala am)
(ii) He bought the property through a house agent.

Activity – 1

Fill in the blanks in the following sentences with appropriate prepositions :
(i) The young men are swimming ___________ the sea.
Answer:
In

(ii) There is a label ____________ the medicine bottle.
Answer:
On

(iii) There is a TV set ____________ the corner of the room.
Answer:
In

(iv) London is ____________ the Thames.
Answer:
On (କୂଳରେ)

(v) John was brought up __________ a farm, but at the age of sixty he was sent to work ___________ a shop.
Answer:
On, at

(vi) When we visited Hyderabad, we stayed at _________ the Justa Hotel.
Answer:
In

(vii) I would prefer to work ____________ a factory.
Answer:
In

(viii) He told me that he lived ___________ 25 Ashok Nagar, Bhubaneswar.
Answer:
At

(ix) My father is employed as a cashier ____________ the local branch of the Allahabad Bank.
Answer:
In

(x) He was ___________ me at school. (Suggesting ‘lower than’)
Answer:
Under

(xi) My hat fell ___________ a chair as I was leaving the room.
Answer:
Off

(xii) He has ten men working __________ him.
Answer:
Under

(xiii) They were standing ___________ the hillside.
Answer:
At

(xiv) They were walking together ____________ the beach.
Answer:
on/at

(xv) He waited half an hour ___________ the corner of the street.
Answer:
At

(xvi) She divided the cake _____________ her five children.
Answer:
Between

(xvii) I can’t see any difference ___________ these two books.
Answer:
Between

(xviii) She met him _________ the front door.
Answer:
At

(xix) I was getting late, so we set off (ଯାତ୍ର।କଲୁ) __________ home.
Answer:
For

(xx) He couldn’t keep himself from falling __________ the wall.
Answer:
Off

2. Preposition Of Time

1. At
(i) ‘At’ is used to exact time [ସଠିକ୍ ସମୟ]
at 10.30 a.m
at one o’clock
at that time (ସେହି ସମୟରେ)
at the moment (ସେହି ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ)
at 7 p.m
at half past five (୫ଟା ୩୦ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ )
at breakfast (ପ୍ରାତଃଭୋଜନ କାଳରେ)

(ii) Before periods of time covering day and night. [ଦିନ ଓ ରାତିର ସମୟ ଅବଧୂ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
at mid-day
at sunset
at noon (ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନରେ )
at dusk (ଗୋଧୂଳି/ପ୍ରଦୋଷରେ)
at sunrise
at night
at dawn (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୁଷରେ)

(iii) Holiday periods of one or two days [ଦୁଇ ବା ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଦିନରେ ଛୁଟି ବା ପର୍ବ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
at Ester
at weekend
at New Year
at Dussehra
(iv) at 20 (୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ)
at 65 (୬୫ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସରେ )

2. In
(i) English years [ଇଂରାଜୀ ବର୍ଷ]
in 1947
in 2008
in 1956 etc.
(ii) Seasons [ଋତୁ]
in Winter (ଶୀତ ଋତୁ)
in Spring (ବସନ୍ତ ଋତୁ)
in Summer
in Autumn (ଶରତଋତୁ), etc.
(iii) English and Odia months [ଇଂରାଜୀ ଓ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ମାସ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
in January
in February
in December
in Asadha (ଆଷାଢ଼ ମାସରେ)
in Kartik (କାର୍ତ୍ତିକ ମାସରେ) etc.
(iv) Parts of day and night
[ଦିନ ଓ ରାତିର ସମୟ ଅବଧୂ] in the night
in the midnight ( ମଧ୍ୟରାତ୍ରିରେ )
in the morning
in the evening
in the afternoon
(v) Others [ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ]
in five days (ପାଞ୍ଚ ଦିନପରେ)
in twenty minutes(କୋଡ଼ିଏ ମିନିଟ୍ ପରେ )
in an hour (ଗୋଟାଏ ଘଣ୍ଟାପରେ)

3. On
(i) Before days [ଦିନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ]
on Sunday
on Monday
on Thursday, etc.
(ii) With a Single day
on 18th September
on 15th August
on Easter Sunday
on the New Year’s Day
(iii) Specific part of a day/night [ଦିନ ରାତିର ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଅବଧୂ]
on Tuesday afternoon (ମଙ୍ଗଳବାର ଅପରାହ୍ନରେ )
on the evening of Kumar Purnima (କୁମାରପୂର୍ଣିମା ସଂଧ୍ୟାରେ)
on a moonlit night (ଏକ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣମୀ ରାତିରେ )

4. For / Since
For” – Period of time [ଅତୀତରୁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ]
‘Since’ – Point of time [ଅତୀତରୁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ]
(i) They stayed at Gopalpur for a week. (ଏକ ସପ୍ତାହ ଧରି)
(ii) We have been waiting for twenty minutes. (୨୦ ମିନିଟ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ)
(iii) We haven’t seen him since October, 2006. (ଅକ୍ଟୋବର ୨୦୧୨ ମସିହାରୁ)

5. Till / Until [ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ | ଯେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ନୁହେଁ]
(i) He will be in Kolkata till/until next November.
(ଆସନ୍ତା ନଭେମ୍ବରମାସ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସେ କୋଲକତାରେ ଥ‌ିବ ।)

6. By [ସୁଦ୍ଧା]
(i) I am always up by 6 o’clock in the morning.
(ସକାଳ ୬ଟା ସୁଦ୍ଧା ସବୁବେଳେ ବିଛଣାରୁ ଉଠିପଡ଼େ ।)
(ii) Can you clear up your dues by Saturday ?
(ଶନିବାର ସୁଦ୍ଧା ତୁମେ ତୁମର ଦରମାସବୁ ଦେଇଦେବ କି ?)

7. From / Between
‘From’ – The time when something starts.
(i) Tickets will be sold from next Wednesday.
(ଆସନ୍ତା ସୋମବାରରୁ ଟିକେଟ ବିକ୍ରି ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବ ।)
(ii) It started raining from seven in the morning.
(ସକାଳ ୭ଟାରୁ ବର୍ଷା ହେବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା ।)
‘Between’ – a period after one time and before another.
(i) I work between the third and fourth week of every month.
(ମୁଁ ପ୍ରତିମାସରେ ୩ୟ ଓ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ସପ୍ତାହ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କାମ କରେ ।)

8. Before / After
‘Before’ – earlier in time (ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
‘After’ – later in time (ପରେ)
(i) Arati came before Ava. (ଆଭା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଆରତୀ ଆସିଲା ।)
(ii) Ava came after Arati. (ଆରତୀ ପରେ ଆଭା ଆସିଲା ।)

9. During (Period of time) [କାଳରେ / ସମୟରେ ]
(i) People make merry during festivals.
(ପର୍ବପର୍ବାଣି ସମୟରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ମନୋରଂଜନ କରନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) Many people died during the War.
(ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ସମୟରେ ବହୁତ ଲୋକ ମରିଗଲେ ।)

10. At the End / At the Beginning [ଶେଷରେ/ ଆରମ୍ଭରେ]
(i) Meet me at the end of the month. (ମାସ ଶେଷରେ ମୋତେ ଦେଖାକର ।)
(ii) Candidates sit for the exam at the end of the course.
(ପରୀକ୍ଷାର୍ଥୀମାନେ ପାଠ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଶେଷରେ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ ବସନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) At the beginning of the concert, there were a few people.
(ସଙ୍ଗୀତସଭା ଆରମ୍ଭରେ କମ୍ ଶ୍ରୋତା ଥିଲେ ।)
The opposite of ‘at the end’ is ‘at the beginning’

11. In the End (Finally (ଶେଷରେ) ]
(i) I had a lot of problems with my bicycle; in the end I sold it for a few rupees. (ପ୍ରଥମେ ମୋ ସାଇକେଲରେ ଅନେକ ତ୍ରୁଟି ଥିଲା; ଶେଷରେ କିଛି ଟଙ୍କାରେ ମୁଁ ଏହାକୁ ବିକି ଦେଲି ।)

3. Words Followed By Preposition

1. Of
accuse of (ଅଭିଯୁକ୍ତ କରିବା)
proud of (ଗର୍ବ।)
remind of (ମନେ ପକାଇଦେବା )
approve of (ସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିବା )
avail of (ସୁବିଧା ସୁଯୋଗର ସଦ୍‌ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା)
beware of (ସାବଧାନ ହେବା)
boast of (ଗର୍ବ କରିବା )
consist of (ଗଠିତ)
inform of (ଜଣାଇବା)
rob of (ଲୁଟିନେବା)
fond of (ପ୍ରିୟ| ଆଗ୍ରହୀ )
full of (ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ)
complain of (ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା/ରୋଗ ବିଷୟରେ କହିବା)
die of (ରୋଗରୁ ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିବା)
made of (ତିଆରି କରିବା) (ମୂଳ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ସତ୍ତା ଥିବା)
warn of ( ସତର୍କ କରିଦେବା)
afraid of (ଭୟଭୀତ)
ashamed of (ଲଜିତ)
innocent of (ନିରାହ)
sure of (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ)
tired of (8)
jealous of (ଈର୍ଷାପରାୟଣ )
careful of (ସତର୍କ ରହିବା)
capable of (ସମର୍ଥ)
cause of (କାରଣ)

2. To / Into
add to (ବଢ଼ାଇବା| ବୃଦ୍ଧିକରିବା)
appeal to (ନିବେଦନ କରିବା)
behave to/ towards
(ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇବା )
compare to ( ଅସାମଞ୍ଜସ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି| ବସ୍ତୁ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁଳନା କରିବା)
turn into (ପରିଣତ ହେବା)
explain to (ବୁଝାଇବା)
solution to (ସମାଧାନ)
friendly to (ବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ)
object to (ବିରୋଧ କରିବା)
talk to ( କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରିବା)
split into ( ଭାଙ୍ଗିଦେବା । ବିଭକ୍ତ କରିବା)
familiar to (ପରିଚିତ)
useful to (ଦରକାରୀ)
impolite /rude to (ନିଷ୍ଠୁର )
judicious to (ବିଞ)
reaction to (ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା )
nice to ( ଉତ୍ତମ ବ୍ୟବହାର )
aware of (ସଚେତନ)
It…foolish/kind of (ନିର୍ବୋଧତା/ଦୟା)
envious of (ଈର୍ଷା ପରାୟଣ)
worthy of (ଯୋଗ୍ୟ)
knowledge of ( ସଚେତନ )
proof of (ପ୍ରମାଣ)
agree to (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବରେ ରାଜିହେବା)
apologize to (କାହା ନିକଟରେ କ୍ଷମାପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା କରିବା)
belong to (ଅସ୍ଵୀକାରରେ ରଖୁ ଥିବା)
crash into (ବାଡ଼େଇ ହୋଇଯିବା)
happen to (ଘଟିବା )
listen to (ମନଦେଇ ଶୁଣିବା)
point to ( ଦିଗ ସୂଚିତ କରିବା)
shout to (ଚିତ୍କାର କରିବା) (କ୍ରୋଧରେ)
throw to (ଧରିବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଫିଙ୍ଗିବା)
divide into (ଭାଗ ଭାଗ କରିବା)
grateful to (କୃତଜ୍ଞ)
polite to (ନମ୍ର)
kind to (ଦୟାଳୁ)
alternative to (କୃତଜ୍ଞ)
solution to ( ସମାଧାନ)
attitude to (ସ୍ଵଭାବକୁ)

3. For
admire for (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରିବା)
apologize for ( କୌଣସି ଭୁଲ ପାଇଁ କ୍ଷମା ମାଗିବା )
ask for (ମାଗିବା )
invite to (ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ କରିବା)
prefer to (ଗୋଟିଏ ଜିନିଷ। କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଅନ୍ୟଟିକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟକ ପସନ୍ଦ କରିବା)
blame/ criticize for (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ନିନ୍ଦା| ସମାଲୋଚନା କରିବା)
care for (ଚାହିଁବା)
look for (ଖୋଜିବା)
search for (ଖୋଜିବା)
concern for (ଚିନ୍ତା | ବ୍ୟାକୁଳତା)
famous for ( ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ)
hope for (ଆଶା କରିବା)
leave for (କୌଣସି ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ପରିତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା )
need for ( ଦରକାର )
thank for ( ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେବା)
provide for ( ଯୋଗାଇଦେବା )
responsible for (କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ ରହିବା)
admiration for (ପ୍ରଶଂସା)
appetite for (ବିରାଟ ଆକର୍ଷଣ)
love for (ଆସକ୍ତି/ଆଦର)
reason for (କାରଣ)
demand for ( ଚାହିଦା )
pity for (ଦୟା)
remedy for (ପ୍ରତିକାର)
sympathy for ( ସହାନୁଭୂତି)

4. With
agree with (ରାଜିହେବା/ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସହ)
collide with (ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେବା)
deal with (ଉତ୍ତମ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇବା)
interfere with (ହସ୍ତକ୍ଷେପ କରିବା)
charge with ( ଅଭିଯୁକ୍ତ କରିବା)
full with (ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହେବା। କରିବା)
differ with (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ସହିତ ମତପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଘଟିବା )
present with (ଉପହାର ଦେବା)
share with (ସୁଖ| ଦୁଃଖ| ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ନିଜ ନିଜଭିତରେ ବାଣ୍ଟିବା)
sympathise with ( ସହାନୁଭୂତି ଜଣାଇବା)
angry with (ରାଗିଯିବା) (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବିଶେଷ)
pleased with/ satisfied with (ସନ୍ତୁଷ୍ଟ)
mix with (ମିଶାଇବା)
familiar with (ପରିଚିତ) (ସ୍ଥାନ)
difficulty with (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିସହ ଅସୁବିଧା)

5. On
bored/ fed up with (ବିରକ୍ତି)
impressed with (GU)
agree on (ରାଜିହେବା)( ଯୋଜନା| ତାରିଖ| କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)
congratulate on ( ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇବା)
insist on (ଦୃଢ଼ ଭାବରେ କହିବା)
concentrate on (ମନୋଯୋଗ ଦେବା)
influence on ( ପ୍ରଭାବ)
ill with (ଅସୁସ୍ଥ)
depend on/ rely on/ bank on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
live on (ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରି ବଞ୍ଚିବା)
effect on (ପ୍ରଭାବ)
knock on (କବାଟ ବାଡ଼େଇବା )

6. In In
believe in (ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରିବା)
deal in (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ କରିବା)
interfere in (ହସ୍ତକ୍ଷେପ କରିବା)
interested in (ଆଗ୍ରହୀ)
invest in (ଟଙ୍କା ଖଟେଇବା)
write in (ଲେଖୁବା) (କାଳି, କଲମ, ପେନ୍‌ସିଲ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରେ)
blind in (ଅନ୍ଧ)
difficulty in (ଅସୁବିଧା ) ( ରହିବାରେ, ପାଠ ବୁଝିବାରେ)
rise in/ fall in (ବୃଦ୍ଧି।ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା)
belief in (ବିଶ୍ବାସ)
increase in/decrease in (ବୃଦ୍ଧି। ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବା )
success in (ସଫଳତା)
end in (ଶେଷ ହେବା)
succeed in (ସଫଳ ହେବା)
result in (ଫଳାଫଳରେ ଶେଷ ହେବା)
strong in/ weak in (ଦକ୍ଷ| ଦୁର୍ବଳ) (ପାଠ, ଖେଳ, ସଂଗୀତ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି)

7. At
aim at/ point at (ଗୁଳି କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କରିବା)
arrive at (ପହଞ୍ଚିବା)
laugh at ( ପରିହାସ କରିବା)
shout at (ବଡ଼ ପାଟି କରି ଗାଳିଦେବା)
angry at (ରାଗିଯିବା) (କଥାରେ | ଘଟଣାରେ)
preside at ( ସଭାପତିତ୍ବ କରିବା )
throw at (ଫିଙ୍ଗିବା/ ଆଘାତ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ)
delighted at (କୌଣସି ଘଟଣାରେ ଖୁସି ହେବା )
good at/ bad at (ଦକ୍ଷ/ ଦୁର୍ବଳ)( ପାଠପଢ଼ା, ଖେଳ, କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରେ )
shocked at (ଦୁଃଖରେ ମ୍ରିୟମାଣ ହେବା)
surprised/astonished at ( ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟାନ୍ବିତ)
look at (ଚାହିଁବା)
clever at (ଚତୁର)
stare at (ଖରାପ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଚାହିଁବା)
gaze at ( ଏକ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଚାହିଁବା )
triumphant at (ବିଜୟୀ)

8. From
borrow from (ଧାର କରିବା)
free from (ମୁକ୍ତ)
differ from (ଭିନ୍ନ ମତ ଦେବା) (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ)
discourage from (କୌଣସି କାମରେ ହତୋତ୍ସାହିତ କରିବା)
die from (ରୋଗ ବ୍ୟତୀତ ଅନ୍ୟ କାରଣରୁ ମରିବା)
escape from (କୌଣସି ସ୍ଥାନରୁ ଖସି ପଳାଇବା)
exempt from (ଜୋରିମାନା, ଦଣ୍ଡ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରୁ ଛାଡ଼ କରିବା)
made from (ଶେଷ ଉତ୍ପାଦରେ ମୂଳ ଉତ୍ସ ନ ଥିଲେ)

Example :
Butter is made from milk.
save from (ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
retire from (ଅବସର ନେବା)
recover from (ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ଲାଭ କରିବା)
different from (ଭିନ୍ନ)
protect from (ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଦେବା)

9. Against
protest against (ପ୍ରତିବାଦ କରିବା)
collide against (ଧକ୍‌କା ଦେବା)
warn against (ସତର୍କ କରିଦେବା)
revolt against (ବିଦ୍ରୋହ କରିବା)
vote against (ବିରୋଧରେ ଭୋଟ ଦେବା)
knock against (ଧକ୍‌କା ମାରିବା)
run against (ପିଟି ହୋଇଯିବା)

10. About
anxious about ( ଉଦ୍‌ବିଗ୍ନ/ ଚିନ୍ତାଗ୍ରସ୍ତ)
sorry about (କୌଣସି କଥାପାଇଁ ଦୁଃଖ)
worried about (ବିବ୍ରତ)
talk about (କୌଣସି ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗରେ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା କରିବା)

4. Prepositions Used Before Certain Words

1. At
at case (ଆରାମ)
at length (ଦୀର୍ଘ କରି )
at rest (ବିଶ୍ରାମ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ )
at first/last (ପ୍ରଥମରେ|ଶେଷରେ)
at sea (ଦୁର୍ବଳ)
at present (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ)
at play (ଖେଳୁଥିବାବେଳେ )
at work(କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ )
at home(ଦକ୍ଷ| କୁଶଳୀ)
at heart (ଆଘାତ)
at peace (ଶାନ୍ତି ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ )
at war (ଯୁଦ୍ଧବେଳେ)
at least (ଅତି କମ୍‌ରେ ) at once (ଏକଦା )
at short notice ( ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ବିଜ୍ଞାପନ ଜରିଆରେ)
at sight ( ଦେଖିବାମାତ୍ରେ)
at hand (ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ)
at the end (ଶେଷରେ)

Examples :
(i) Our Exams are at hand.
(ii) I am at home in English. ( ମୁଁ ଇଂରାଜୀରେ ଦକ୍ଷ )
(iii) Are you at ease in your uncle’s house ? (ତୁମେ ତୁମ ମାମୁଘରେ ଆରାମରେ ଅଛ ?)
(iv) The two little boys are at play. (ଦୁଇଟି ଛୋଟ ପିଲା ଏବେ ଖେଳୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(v) Tell me the story at length. (ମୋତେ ଗପଟିକୁ ଦୀର୍ଘ କରି କୁହ ।)

2. By
by accident (ହଠାତ୍|ସୁଯୋଗବଶତଃ)
by heart ( ଆନ୍ତରିକତାର ସହିତ )
by surprise (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇ)
by degrees (ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ )
by day (ଦିନବେଳା)
by good fortune (ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟକ୍ରମେ )
by name (ନାମରେ)
by design (ନକ୍‌ସା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ)
by himself (ନିଜେ )
by chance (ହଠାତ୍ )
by mistake (ଭୁଲ୍‌କ୍ରମେ )
by night (ରାତ୍ରିବେଳା)
by sight (ଦେଖୁବାମାତ୍ରେ)

Examples :
(i) Pick up the speed by degrees. (ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ ବେଗ ବଢ଼ାଅ ।)
(ii) I took him my uncle by mistake. (ମୁଁ ଭୁଲରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ମୋର ମାମୁ ଧରିନେଲି ।)
(iii) Some birds come out by night. (କେତେକ ପକ୍ଷୀ ରାତିରେ ପଦାକୁ ବାହାରନ୍ତି ।)
(iv) The accident took me by surprise. (ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାରେ ମୁଁ ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟଚକିତ ହୋଇଗଲି ।)
(v) Do the work by yourself. (ନିଜେ କାମଟି କର ।)

3. In
in brief ( ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ)
in due course (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ)
in need ( ଅଭାବବେଳେ)
in reply (ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଇ)
in tears (କାନ୍ଦିପକାଇ)
in debt (ଋଣଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ହୋଇ)
in love (ପ୍ରେମରେ ପଡ଼ିବା)
in sight (ଦୃଶ୍ୟରେ)
in common (ସାଧାରଣତଃ)
in half (ଅଧାରେ)
in particular (ବିଶେଷକରି | ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ)
in secret (ଗୁପ୍ତରେ)
in turn (ବଦଳରେ)
in danger (ବିପଦରେ )
in general (ସାଧାରଣତଃ)
in pieces (ଖଣ୍ଡ ଖଣ୍ଡ ହୋଇ)
in short ( ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ)
in case (କାଳେ)
in fact (ପ୍ରକୃତରେ)
in order (ସଜାଇ)
in time (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ)
in difficulties (ଅସୁବିଧାରେ )
in name (ନାମକୁ)
in public (ଜନସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ)
in stock (ଜମାହେବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ)

Examples :
(i) The girl was in tears. (ଝିଅଟି କ୍ରନ୍ଦନରତ ଥିଲା ।)
(ii) like Sehwag’s batting in particular. (ମୁଁ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ସେହୱାଗଙ୍କ ବ୍ୟାଟିଂକୁ ପସନ୍ଦ କରେ ।)
(iii) The Persian prince was in love with the shepherd’s daughter.
(ପାରସ୍ୟ ରାଜାଙ୍କ ପୁତ୍ର ମେଷପାଳକ କନ୍ୟାକୁ ଭଲ ପାଉଥିଲେ ।)
(iv) I wrote his phone number in case I should forget.
(କାଳେ ଭୁଲିଯିବି, ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କର ଫୋନ ନମ୍ବରଟି ଟିପି ନେଲି ।)
(v) Father is in debt. (ବାପା ଋଣ ଭାରରେ ପଡ଼ିଛନ୍ତି ।)

4. On
on business (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ)
on time (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ)
on fire ( ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳୁଥିବା ବେଳେ)
on holiday (ଛୁଟିରେ )
on horseback ( ଘୋଡ଼ା ପିଠିରେ)
on duty (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା ବେଳେ)
on purpose (ଜାଣିଶୁଣି )
on sale (ବିକ୍ରି ହେବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ)

Examples:
(i) The policeman is on duty. (ପୋଲିସ ଏବେ ନିଜ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ଅଛି ।)
(ii) Father was on holidays. (ବାପା ଛୁଟିରେ ଥିଲେ ।)
(iii) The Nokia mobiles are on sale. (ନୋକିଆ ମୋବାଇଲ ଫୋନ୍‌ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିକ୍ରିପାଇଁ ରଖାଯାଇଛି । )
(iv) They finished the meeting on time. (ସେମାନେ ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ ସଭାଟି ଶେଷ କଲେ ।)
(v) Don’t harm anyone on purpose. (ଜାଣିଶୁଣି କାହାର କ୍ଷତି କରନାହିଁ ।)

5. Out of
Out of control (ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ବାହାରେ)
out of place (ଅର୍ଥହୀନ)
out of reach (ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ବାହାରେ)
Out of order (ଖରାପ ହୋଇଯିବା)
out of work (ବେକାରୀ)
Out of danger. (ବିପଦମୁକ୍ତ)
out of stock (ଆଉ ନଥିବା/ ସରି ଯାଇଥବା)
out of date (ତାରିଖ ଅତିକ୍ରାନ୍ତ )
out of sight (ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ)

Examples :
(i) The patient is out of danger. (ରୋଗୀଟି ଏବେ ବିପଦମୁକ୍ତ ।)
(i) Your arguments are out of place. (ତୁମର ଯୁକ୍ତି ଅର୍ଥହୀନ ଅଟେ ।)
(iii) My watch has been out of order. (ମୋ ଘଣ୍ଟା ଖରାପ| ଅଚଳ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)
(iv) The plane is out of sight. (ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜଟି ଦୃଶ୍ୟହୀନ ।)

5. Miscellaneous (ବିବିଧ)

1. On
(i) We are going to Kolkata on business. (ବ୍ୟବସାୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ଆମେ କଲିକତା ଯିବୁ ।)
(ii) He is on tour. (ସେ ଗସ୍ତରେ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) watch the news on TV. ( ମୁଁ ଟିଭିରେ ସମାଚାର ଦେଖେ ।)
(iv) The house is on fire. (ଘରେ ନିଆଁ ଲାଗି ଯାଇଛି ।)
(v) He goes to school on foot. (ଚାଲି ଚାଲି ସେ ସ୍କୁଲ ଯାଏ ।)
(vi) haven’t done it on purpose. (ମୁଁ ଜାଣିଶୁଣି ଏହା କରି ନାହିଁ ।)
(vii) He is on my left / on my right. (ସେ ମୋ ବାମ| ଡାହାଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ ।)
(viii) There is a butterfly on the screen. (ପରଦା ଉପରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଜାପତି ବସିଛି ।)
(ix) Children are playing on the beach/ on the coast. (ପିଲାମାନେ ବେଳାଭୂମିରେ ଖେଳୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(x) The Bus Association is on strike. (ବସ୍ ସଂଘ ଧର୍ମଘଟରେ ବସିଛନ୍ତି ।)

2. In
in the cool shade (ଶୀତଳ ଛାୟାରେ)
in the rain (ବର୍ଷାରେ)
in the dark ( ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ)
in bad weather (ଖରାପ ପାଗରେ) in ink (କାଳିରେ)
in block letters (ବଡ଼ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ)
in pen/ pencil (କଲମ | ପେନ୍‌ସିଲ୍‌ରେ)
in words (ଶବ୍ଦରେ | ଅକ୍ଷରରେ)
in cash (ନଗଦ ଟଙ୍କା ଆକାରରେ)

3. At
at 60 kms an hour (ଘଣ୍ଟାପ୍ରତି ୬୦ କି.ମି. ବେଗରେ )
at 100°C. (ଶହେ ଡିଗ୍ରୀ ସେଲ୍‌ସିୟସରେ)

⇒ By With vehicles [ଯାନ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ]
(i) by taxi (ଟ୍ୟାକ୍‌ସିରେ)
by plane (ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜରେ)
by road ( ରାସ୍ତାରେ)
by car (କାରରେ)
by ship (ଜାହାଜରେ )
by boat (ଡଙ୍ଗାରେ )
by bicycle ( ସାଇକେଲ୍‌ରେ )

⇒ But:
On a bicycle
on a motorcycle
on a horse
on the morning/evening bus
on a train
on a bus
on a ship
on a plane
on the school/college bus.
But in a car (ଏକ କାରରେ)
in his father’s car (ତା’ ବାପାଙ୍କ କାରରେ)

(ii) By+Means of Communication [ଯୋଗାଯୋଗର ମାଧ୍ୟମ]
by post (ଡାକରେ)
by letter (ଚିଠିରେ)
by TV (ଟିଭି ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ)
by e-mail (ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରୋନିକ୍‌ସ ମେଲ୍ ଦ୍ବାରା)
by hand (ହାତରେ)
by radio (ରେଡ଼ିଓ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ)
by telephone (ଫୋନ୍‌ଦ୍ୱାରା )

Know the differences [ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର] :
In
in Link Road
At
at 12 Grand Road
On
on 42 Street, New Delhi.

Activity – 2

Fill in the following blank spaces with appropriate prepositions.

(i) The meeting started _________ ten o’clock.
Answer:
At

(ii) The house should be finished. __________ next month.
Answer:
By (ସୁଦ୍ଧା)

(iii) He has been sick __________ the day he arrived.
Answer:
Since(ଠାରୁ)

(iv) He came here _____________ a winter evening.
Answer:
On

(v) He has been ill _____________ the last month.
Answer:
Since

(vi) He has been ill _________ last month.
Answer:
Since

(vii) The train never arrives _________ time.
Answer:
On

(viii) The Second World War ended __________ 1945.
Answer:
In

(ix) We leave for France ___________ Friday.
Answer:
On

(x) We are having a party __________ New Year.
Answer:
At

(xi) The work must be finished ___________ December.
Answer:
in/by

(xii) He started his journey __________ daybreak.
Answer:
At

Remarks at times – (ବେଳେବେଳେ), in time – (ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ), on time – (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ସମୟରେ),, in the nick of (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ସମୟରେ), in the time – (ସେହି ସମୟରେ), behind the time ବିଳମୃରେ

Activity – 3

(i) He went to America __________ an aeroplane.
Answer:
On

(ii) He went to Howrah __________ the Coromandel Express.
Answer:
On

(iii) He sent the books __________ registered parcel.
Answer:
By

(iv) He dug the pit ___________ a shovel.
Answer:
With

(v) He talked to his friend ______________telephone.
Answer:
By

(vi) He paid his dues __________ cash.
Answer:
In

(vii) If you haven’t got any cash on you, you can pay ________ cheque.
Answer:
By

(viii) The answer was written ________ a pencil.
Answer:
In

(ix) The answer was written ________ pencil.
Answer:
By

See the differences :
He wrote the letter with a pen.
The letter was written in ink/pen. (Passive voice)

Activity – 4

Supply appropriate prepositions in the following blanks.

(i) His decision took me __________ surprise (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଦେଲା).
Answer:
By

(ii) He is very kind ___________ heart.
Answer:
At

(iii) Rabi has been ___________ holiday for the last two weeks.
Answer:
On

(iv) The house is _________ sale.
Answer:
For

(v) There were one hundred people there ________________ all.
Answer:
In

(vi) I was able to know ____________ sight.
Answer:
At

(vii) He acted ___________ once to save the boy’s life.
Answer:
At

(viii) When I arrived in his house, he was ___________ lunch.
Answer:
At

(ix) He is ___________ a visit to Delhi.
Answer:
On

Activity – 5

Insert appropriate prepositions in the following blank spaces:

(i) Let us invite them all. ______________ dinner.
Answer:
To

(ii) I hastened to assure him _________ my support.
Answer:
Of

(iii) He borrowed a pen _________ me.
Answer:
From

(iv) His failure has completely discouraged him. _________ trying again.
Answer:
From

(v) I like to indulge. __________ a hot bath.
Answer:
In

(vi) We congratulate you. _____________ becoming a father.
Answer:
On

(vii) Students should concentrate ___________ studies.
Answer:
On

(viii) Everybody has been warned ___________ the danger.
Answer:
Against

(ix) They reminded me __________ the meeting.
Answer:
Of

Activity – 6

Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions :

(i) Don’t be impolite __________ your elders.
Answer:
To

(ii) You shouldn’t be rude. _________ them.
Answer:
To

(iii) Some people are cruel _________ animals.
Answer:
To

(iv) Are you angry _____________ what happened?
Answer:
At

(v) The old man is very furious __________ me.
Answer:
With

(vi) I am contented __________ what I have.
Answer:
With

(vii) I am tired ___________ arguing with you.
Answer:
Of
(viii) The diet here is deficient ________ vitamins.
Answer:
In

(ix) I am very glad __________seeing you.
Answer:
Of

(x) You must be conscious _____________ your speech and action.
Answer:
Of

(xi) I am now short _________ funds.
Answer:
Of

(xii) His income is sufficient. ____________ his needs.
Answer:
For

Activity – 7

Fill in the blank spaces with appropriate prepositions.

(i) I have a good relationship. ______________ my neighbors.
Answer:
With

(ii) There is a sharp fall. ____________ demand for gold.
Answer:
In

(iii) There is no difference ____________ a steam engine and an oil engine.
Answer:
Between

(iv) What is your reaction __________ the news?
Answer:
To

(v) His progress ____________ studies is very satisfactory.
Answer:
In

(vi) They had a discussion. ___________ the topic.
Answer:
On

(vii) His familiarity ____________ the place saved him from a lot of troubles.
Answer:
with

(viii) He has a great admiration ____________ my talent.
Answer:
For

(ix) He is in agreement. ___________ my views on this subject.
Answer:
With

(x) His performance made an impression. ___________ me.
Answer:
On

Remember:
No preposition is used before the expression of time beginning with next, last, this, that, every, each, oll, today, before, tomorrow, yesterday, etc.

Examples:
I met him last Sunday.
I will call on (visit) you tomorrow.
They stayed here all week.
He has promised to come today.
He comes home every Saturday.
Come any day you like.
Birat returned home this morning.

Prepositions Additional Questions With Answers

Prepositions – I

Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. Dr. Mishra lives ___________ 115, Saheed Nagar.
Answer:
at

2. Deba works ___________ a factory.
Answer:
in

3. My uncle is working ___________ a rubber plantation.
Answer:
on

4. My friend is sitting ___________ the grass.
Answer:
on

5. He is sitting. __________ my left.
Answer:
on

6. The boy is sitting. ___________ my side.
Answer:
by

7. He hung a calendar. _________ the fireplace.
Answer:
over

8. There is a bridge ___________ the river.
Answer:
over/across

9. She is carrying a bag. ____________ her arm.
Answer:
under

10. When the sun sets, it goes ___________ the horizon.
Answer:
below

11. The dolphins disappeared. ____________ the waves.
Answer:
beneath

12. The Mahanadi flows ___________ Odisha.
Answer:
through

13. Draw a line _________ the page.
Answer:
across

14. There are lot of shops ___________ this street.
Answer:
along

15. The boy was hiding ____________ a tree.
Answer:
behind

16. The priest stood _________ the altar.
Answer:
before

17. Luxembourg lies __________ Belgium, Germany and France.
Answer:
between

18. There was a ladder. _________ the wall.
Answer:
against

19. There is a temple just. _________ my house.
Answer:
opposite

20. The rider fell ____________ the horse.
Answer:
off

21. Ashok babu set off ____________ America.
Answer:
for

22. He arrived here ___________ Christmas.
Answer:
at

23. I meet my daughter ___________ the weekend.
Answer:
at

24. The guests will arrive __________ ten minutes.
Answer:
in

25. I saw her __________ the evening of 15th August.
Answer:
on

26. Applications must reach the office ___________ 20th June.
Answer:
by

27. He has lived here ____________ the last three years.
Answer:
for

28. It has been raining __________ 6 o’clock this
Answer:
since

29. The fair continued ____________ Sunday.
Answer:
till

30. You can see the doctor. ____________ 8 am and 12 noon.
Answer:
between

31. The plane arrived at the airport.____________ time.
Answer:
on

32. My friend goes to Kolkata _____________ train.
Answer:
by

33. He went to Bhubaneswar ___________ a car.
Answer:
in

34. We send message ___________ e-mail.
Answer:
by

35. He heard an interesting program. ____________ the radio.
Answer:
on

36. I pay the bill __________ cash.
Answer:
in

37. He saw the accident __________ his own eyes.
Answer:
with

38. He makes a living. ___________ teaching.
Answer:
by

39. The situation is ___________ control.
Answer:
under

40. Now I am ________ debt.
Answer:
in

41. He told the story __________ briefly.
Answer:
in

42. Our headmaster is ___________ leave.
Answer:
on

43. He is very kind ____________ heart.
Answer:
at

44. The house is ____________ fire.
Answer:
on

45. The letter was written __________ ink.
Answer:
in

46. I left the book in the class ___________ mistake.
Answer:
by

47. He went to America ___________ an aeroplane.
Answer:
on

48. The man dug the pit. ____________ a shovel.
Answer:
with

49. He paid the bill ________ cheque.
Answer:
by

50. He sent the message. __________ post.
Answer:
by

51. I go to school________ foot.
Answer:
on

52. He has been ill ___________ last month.
Answer:
since

53. He started his journey __________ daybreak.
Answer:
at

54. The children arrived ________ time to attend the meeting.
Answer:
in

55. The fire broke out _________ the night.
Answer:
during

56. I have lived here _________ 15 Jan 2015.
Answer:
since

57. I met one of my old friends __________ a winter evening.
Answer:
on

58. This work was done ____________ a day.
Answer:
in

59. I go to Puri ____________ summer.
Answer:
in

60. He arrived here ___________ Holi.
Answer:
at

61. We waited half an hour ___________ the corner of the street.
Answer:
at

62. He has ten men working __________ him.
Answer:
under

63. The road goes ____________ the forest.
Answer:
through

64. There is a label __________ the medicine bottle.
Answer:
on

65. He ran ___________ a safe place.
Answer:
towards

66. They ran ____________ the place of murder.
Answer:
from

67. The boy is standing ___________ the class.
Answer:
in front of

68. Puja is sitting ___________ Roja.
Answer:
opposite

69. The sweets were distributed ____________ the children.
Answer:
among

70. He walked ___________ the road.
Answer:
along

71. He has come ________ many hardships.
Answer:
through

72. She has married _________ her.
Answer:
beneath

73. Your work is ___________ the average.
Answer:
below

74. The traveler is sitting. __________ the tree.
Answer:
under

75. The aeroplane is flying. __________ our head.
Answer:
over

76. He lives ____________ an island.
Answer:
on

77. There is a house ___________ the main road.
Answer:
on

78. The picture is ____________ the clock.
Answer:
below

79. His house is ____________ the river.
Answer:
by

80. There is a post office __________ our house.
Answer:
near

81. The boy is standing. __________ the two girls.
Answer:
between

82. The cat is ___________ the table.
Answer:
under

83. The girl was absent ____________ Tuesday to Friday.
Answer:
from

84. Somebody broke the window ___________ my absence.
Answer:
in

85. He came ___________ me.
Answer:
after/before

86. The patient had died ____________ the doctor arrived.
Answer:
before

87. My birthday is ___________ August 12.
Answer:
on

88. The swimmer jumped. __________ the swimming pool.
Answer:
into

89. The rider jumped ___________ the back of the horse.
Answer:
onto

90. A bird flew __________ the window.
Answer:
through

91. The children walked __________ the hill.
Answer:
up

92. He is walking __________ the road.
Answer:
along

93. Somebody knocked __________ the door.
Answer:
at

94. The earth goes __________ the sun.
Answer:
round

95. I am driving. ____________ Cuttack.
Answer:
to

96. The Indian soldiers proceeded ____________ the border.
Answer:
towards

97. The children are standing ___________ a queue.
Answer:
in

98. The boy is standing _____________ the balcony.
Answer:
on

99. My brother lives _____________ London.
Answer:
in

100. He works _____________ public library.
Answer:
at

101. Who are you talking _____________?
Answer:
to

Prepositions – II

Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

1. If we add two _____________ two, we get four.
Answer:
to

2. Rohit was accused ____________ being self.
Answer:
of

3. Fill the pot ____________ water.
Answer:
with

4. We should invest money ____________ business.
Answer:
in

5. Don’t laugh ______________ others.
Answer:
at

6. Butter is made _____________ milk.
Answer:
from

7. The table is made ________________ wood.
Answer:
of

8. He is looking ______________ a new job.
Answer:
for

9. My father provides me ______________ all facilities for my studies.
Answer:
with

10. I thanked him ________________ his help.
Answer:
for

11. Don’t throw stones _____________________ the dog.
Answer:
at

12. The answer was written ____________ pencil.
Answer:
in

13. We should sympathize ____________ the suffering people.
Answer:
with

14. She died ____________ overeating.
Answer:
from

15. He died ______________ hunger.
Answer:
of

16. The shop deals _____________ garments.
Answer:
in

17. I congratulated him ______________ his success.
Answer:
on

18. A face is compared _____________ the moon.
Answer:
to

19. Do you believe _____________ God?
Answer:
in

20. I bumped ____________ a pole in the dark.
Answer:
into

21. We all agreed _____________ the plan.
Answer:
on

22. Everybody criticised him ____________ his delay.
Answer:
for

23. The thieves broke ___________ the house.
Answer:
into

24. I have a complaint ______________ stomachache.
Answer:
of

25. I agreed _____________ his proposal.
Answer:
to

26. The book belongs ____________ me.
Answer:
to

27. The hunter is aiming ______________ the bird.
Answer:
at

28. My old bicycle reminded me ______________ my childhood days.
Answer:
of

29. The old man has recovered ___________ his illness.
Answer:
from

30. We should learn to share things ____________ others.
Answer:
with

31. Gowlives ___________ grass.
Answer:
on

32. I always prefer tea ______________ coffee.
Answer:
to

33. Father often shouts _____________ me.
Answer:
at

34. The Prime Minister presides ______________ the meeting ofthe cabinet.
Answer:
at

35. Beware ______________ pick pockets in the market.
Answer:
of

36. Everybody agreed ___________ me.
Answer:
with

37. Our new teacher deals ______________ us in a friendly way.
Answer:
with

38. He compared Shakespear _____________ Kalidas.
Answer:
with

39. He was exempted _______________ paying the fine.
Answer:
from

40. He warned me _____________ the danger.
Answer:
of

41. Don’t be impolite ______________ your elders.
Answer:
to

42. I was angry _____________ what he said.
Answer:
at

43. I was ashamed ___________ my bad conducts.
Answer:
of

44. We are blind ___________ our own faults.
Answer:
to

45. He is capable ____________ doing it.
Answer:
of

46. We should be careful ___________ our health.
Answer:
about

47. I am delighted ____________ your success.
Answer:
at

48. She is not eligible _____________ the post.
Answer:
for

49. The place is familiar ______________ me.
Answer:
to

50. Jyoti is good _________ mathematics.
Answer:
at

51. I am proud __________ my country.
Answer:
of

52. They are tired ____________ walking.
Answer:
of

53. Ashish is sure ____________ his success.
Answer:
of

54. You are responsible _____________ the loss.
Answer:
for

55. The Indians are keen _______________ fast food.
Answer:
on

56. The girl is ill ___________ fever.
Answer:
with

57. She is jealous ____________ her sister.
Answer:
of

58. I am interested _____________ music.
Answer:
in

59. I am familiar ___________ this place.
Answer:
with

60. The girl is conscious ______________ her manners.
Answer:
of

61. Babul is confident ______________ his success.
Answer:
of

62. Are you aware _____________ the new time-table?
Answer:
of

63. This test paper is useful _________________ me.
Answer:
to

64. I was surprised _______________ his behavior.
Answer:
at/by

65. It is good _______________ you to help me.
Answer:
of

66. Children are fond ____________ sweets.
Answer:
of

67. Are you angry _________ me?
Answer:
with

68. The old man is blind _________ one eye.
Answer:
in

69. My parents were disappointed _________ my performance.
Answer:
with

70. I was absent______________ class last week.
Answer:
from

71. Smoking is harmful _____________ health.
Answer:
to

72. My father was pleased _____________ me.
Answer:
with

73. It is foolish _____________ you to leave the door unlocked.
Answer:
of

74. I am worried _____________ my health.
Answer:
about

75. I was satisfied _______________ his progress.
Answer:
with

76. I have appetite ______________ books.
Answer:
for

77. I have lot of love ______________ my parents.
Answer:
for

78. This is the solution ______________ that problem.
Answer:
to

79. There is a rise ___________ the price of food grains.
Answer:
in

80. Can you give any proof _________ your innocence?
Answer:
of

81. We should have sympathy ______________ the poor.
Answer:
for

82. The demand _________ Chinese products has gone up.
Answer:
for

83. The mobile phone has a lot of influence __________ young children.
Answer:
on

84. What is your reaction ___________ the new policy?
Answer:
to

85. I have an agreement ____________ my friend.
Answer:
with

86. Suresh Babu has a good knowledge _____________ English grammar.
Answer:
of

87. I feel pity ______________ the poor victims.
Answer:
for

88. Tell me the reason _____________ your absence.
Answer:
for

89. There is a room ____________ a lot of luggage.
Answer:
for

90. She has difficulty __________ her new neighbor.
Answer:
with

91. There are marked differences ____________ the two children.
Answer:
between

92. Can you tell me the answer _____________ this question?
Answer:
to

93. I don’t think there is any need ___________ the luxury goods here.
Answer:
for

94. Can you take a photograph _____________ mine?
Answer:
of

95. He hasa great admiration _________ my talent.
Answer:
for

96. There is no difference ____________ a steam engine and an air engine.
Answer:
between

97. His attitude _________ others is not good.
Answer:
towards

98. What is your opinion __________ the new law ?
Answer:
about

99. There is a heavy demand ______________ Tata products.
Answer:
for

100. What is your belief __________ this matter?
Answer:
in

101. He faces a lot of difficulties ___________ living in this city.
Answer:
in

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Types of Sentences

Types Of Sentences

Look at the following sentences :
1. Mr. Anil Mohanty is a teacher (ଅଛନ୍ତି).
2. He teaches (ପଢ଼ାନ୍ତି) us English.
3. He has been teaching English for the last fifteen years (ପଢ଼ାଉଛନ୍ତି).
4. The underlined verbs are, teaches, and has or has been teaching are finite verbs. (ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ is, teaches, has ବା has been teaching ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ।)
5. The underlined verbs are called finite verbs as they have tense forms.
(କାଳ ରୂପ ବହନ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏସମସ୍ତ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କ୍ରିୟା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଅଟନ୍ତି ।)

What is a Finite verb ? ( ଏକ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ)
⇒ The verb that is limited by the person and number of the subject, is called the Finite Verb. (ଯେଉଁ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସୀମିତ, ତାହାକୁ Finite Verb କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
ଅର୍ଥାତ୍, The verb that has tense (present or past form) is said to be a Finite Verb.
(Tense ବା କାଳ ଧାରଣ କରିଥିବା କ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Position of a Finite verb in a sentence (ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର ସ୍ଥିତି)
A Finite Verb occurs in a single verb or the first verb in a verb group.
( ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଏକମାତ୍ର କ୍ରିୟାରୂପ ଓ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପ୍ରଥମ କ୍ରିୟାରୂପେ ଏକ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ।)
⇒ But in Odia sentence, the last verb is said to be a Finite Verb since it completes the sentence. (କିନ୍ତୁ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଶେଷ କ୍ରିୟାପଦା କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ସମୂହ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଯେହେତୁ ଏହା ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ସମାପ୍ତ କରିଥାଏ ।)

See the differences:

Odia sentence	English Sentence
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳିଲା ।	Gopal played well. (Past simple tense).
ଗୋପାଳ ତିନି ବର୍ଷ ଧରି ଭଲ ଖେଳୁଛି ।	Gopal has been playing well for three years. (Present Perfect Progressive sentence). (Here ‘has’ being the first verb is also a finite verb).
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳିପାରେ ।	Gopal may play well.
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳିପାରିଥା’ନ୍ତା ।	Gopal could have played well.
ଗୋପାଳ ଭଲ ଖେଳୁଥାଇପାରେ ।	Gopal can / may be playing well.
(The last verb in the Odia sentence is the Finite Verb, while the verb in the post-subject (after the subject) is the Finite Verb. (ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବାକ୍ୟର ଶେଷ କ୍ରିୟା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା; କିନ୍ତୁ ଇଂରାଜୀ ବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କ୍ରିୟା ବା କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ କ୍ରିୟା ସମୂହ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ ।)

Kinds of Sentences (ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରକାର):

Sentence: A combination of words that makes complete sense is called a sentence. (ଶବ୍ଦମିଶି ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲେ ତାହାକୁ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
Examples:
My mother is unwell. (ଅସୁସ୍ଥ)
Do your duty.
Fire ! ( ଗୁଳି ଚଳାଅ)
How dirty the road looks!
May you live long. (ତୁମେ ଦୀର୍ଘଜୀବୀ ହୁଅ।)
What do you mean ? (ତୁମେ କ’ଣ କହିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛ ?)
Thank you. (ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ।)

⇒ There can be no sentence without a Subject (expressed or understood) and a Finite Verb. (ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟତୀତ ବାକ୍ୟ ତିଆରି ହୋଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।) (କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ରହିପାରେ ବା ଊଦ୍ୟ ଥାଇପାରେ ।)
ଯେପରି Fire ! (You = The soldiers = understood)
Do your duty. (you = understood)
Thank you. (I = understood)

Simple Sentence (ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟ):

Read the following sentences:
(i) Father is a man of principle.
(ii) Having lost the match, the team India returned home.

In sentence (i), we have one subject (Father) and one predicate (is a man of principle). Similarly in sentence (ii), we have one subject (the team India), and one predicate (having lost the match and returned home).
So these two sentences are called Simple Sentences.
(1) The sentence having one subject and one predicate or only one finite verb, is called simple sentence. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଓ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଧେୟ ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ସରଳବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ)
(One subject + One predicate with one finite verb – Simple sentence)
In a simple sentence, the subject may be expressed or understood. (ଏକ ସରଳବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ବା ଊଦ୍ୟ ରୁହେ ।)

Example: A

Subject	A predicate with italicized finite verb (s)
(I)	Thank you.
(You)	Feed the baby. (ପିଲାଟିକୁ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।)
Nobody	loves that girl.
It	is Monday.

B.

One part of the predicate	Sub	The second part of the predicate
How nicely	the girl	dances!
Why did	the children	laugh at the beggar?
What	a tall tree (the finite verb remains understood)	this is!

C.

Predicate part with an italicized finite verb	Subject
How many legs has	a spider? (ବୁଢ଼ିଆଣୀ)
What is	your name?
Here comes	our headmaster.
There goes ((ବାଜୁଛି))	the school bell.

Activity – 1

Pick out the finite verbs (ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା) in the following sentences.
(i) Nilima has a good memory.
Answer:
has

(ii) He shall not enter the house.
Answer:
shall

(iii) We have not yet received the money.
Answer:
have

(iv) He has been studying to pass the examination.
Answer:
Has

(v) Ramesh works in a bank.
Answer:
Works

(vi) We must obey the rules of the road.
Answers
must

Declarative / Assertive Sentence (ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ) |

(i) A Declarative/Assertive sentence is one which makes a statement of fact or opinion either positive or negative. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ଉକ୍ତି ବା ମତ ବିଷୟରେ ତଥ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରେ ବା ବିବୃତି ପ୍ରଦାନ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
(ii) The Declarative sentence with positive statement is known as Affirmative sentence.
(iii) The Declarative sentence with a negative statement is known as a Negative sentence.

Let’s see through a diagram.

⇒ A declarative sentence be it affirmative (yes) or negative usually begins with a subject. ହେଉ ବା ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ହେଉ, ଗୋଟିଏ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ ସାଧାରଣତଃ କର୍ଷା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)
Examples:
(i) The bus will stop here. (affirmative)
(ii) The bus won’t (will not ନୁହେ‍ଁ) stop here. (negative)
(iii) I am your well-wisher (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛ). (affirmative)
(iv) I’m not (I amn’t ନୁହେ‍ଁ) your well-wisher. (negative)

A pattern of Declarative Sentence:

There are the Five important ‘Patterns’ (୫ଟି ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଗଠନ ପଦ୍ଧତି) of Simple/Declarative Sentence. They are :
(i) SV = [Subject + Verb (Intransitive)]

Subject	Verb
The Child	laughed
She	Was shouting

(ii) SVO = [Subject + Verb (Transitive) + Object]

Subject	Verb	Object
Someone	caught	The ball
we	May buy	A new computer

(iii) SVOO = [Subject + Verb (Transitive) + Object (Indirect) + Object (Direct)]

Subject	Verb(Transitive)	Object(Indirect)	Object(Direct)
The Postman	Gave	we	A letter
Father	Bought	Gopal	A bicycle
The teacher	Asked	The boys	Some questions

Note:
⇒ Direct Object denotes thing and Indirect object denotes person.
ମୁଖ୍ୟ କର୍ମ ବସ୍ତୁ ବା ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ଓ ଗୌଣ କର୍ମ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି / ପ୍ରାଣୀକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।

Examples:
ପୋଷ୍ଟ ପିଅନ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଚିଠି ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।

The post peon    has given              father          a letter.
Subject               Verb(Transitive)     Indirect       Object Direct Object

(iv) SVC = Subject + Verb + Complement

Subject	Verb	Complement
The girl	Looks	Beautiful
This flower	Smells	Sweet
The computer	is	cheap

⇒ Complement is used after ‘Be’ verbs (is/ am/are/ was/ were) and ‘Link’ verbs (smell/taste / grow/feel etc)
[Link Verbs; ଯଥା – smell (ଶୁଙ୍ଘିବା)/ taste(ଚାଖୁବା)/ grow (ବଢ଼ିବା) ।feel (ଅନୁଭବ କରିବା) ଏବଂ ‘Be’ verbs ( is / am / are / was / were) ପରେ Complement ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]

Remember:
A complement may be a Noun or Noun phrase or Adjective or Adverb or Preposition with Object etc. (ଗୋଟିଏ ପୂରକ ଏକ Noun ବା N.P. ବା ବିଶେଷଣ ବା Preposition + କର୍ମ ହୋଇପାରେ ।)

(v) SVOC = Subject + Verb (T) + Object + Complement
Subject   Verb(Transitive   Object   Complement
We have proved him wrong.
⇒ (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ତା କଥାକୁ ଭୁଲ ପ୍ରମାଣିତ କରିଛୁ ।)
They Elected Mr Rout chairman
⇒ (ସେମାନେ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ରାଉତଙ୍କୁ ଚେୟାରମ୍ୟାନ ମନୋନୀତ କଲେ ।)
The book has made Naba Sir popular.
⇒ (ବହିଟି ନବସାର୍ ଙ୍କୁ ଲୋକପ୍ରିୟ କରିଛି ।)

Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର ବାକ୍ୟ):

(1) An Interrogative sentence with the mark of interrogation (?) at its end, makes question to elicit some information or to know something. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟର ଶେଷରେ ଏକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସୂଚକ ଚିହ୍ନ ( ?) ଥାଏ ଓ କିଛି ସୂଚନା ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ବା କିଛି ଜାଣିବାପାଇଁ ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
Examples :
Where has Leena gone ? (ଲିନା କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଯାଇଛି ? )
How do you go to school ? (ତୁମେ କିପରି ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଅ ?) ବା (ତୁ’ କିପରି ସ୍କୁଲକୁ ଯାଉ ?)
Can you hear me ? (ତୁ’ ମୋ କଥା ଶୁଣି ପାରୁଛୁ ?)
Did anyone want me last night ? (କାଲି ରାତିରେ କେହି ମୋତେ ଖୋଜୁଥିଲେ ?)

(2) An interrogative sentence is of two types, i.e. Wh-interrogative and Yes-No interrogative.
Let’s see through a dialogue :

Imperative Sentence ( ଅନୁଜ୍ଞାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ):

An imperative sentence is one with an order, advice, instruction or direction, warning, command, request, suggestion, or wishes to the person or person spoken.
(ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ କୁହାଯାଇଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ପ୍ରତି ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ନୀତିନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ସାବଧାନ, ଅନୁରୋଧ ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ବା ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛାର ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ଅନୁଜ୍ଞାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples :
Write in H.B (High Bonded) pencil. (instruction)
Go to bed early. (advice)
Hand in (ଦେଇଦିଅ) your answer papers. (order)
Please sit here. (request)
Beware of the dog. (warning)

Remember: Imperative sentences are normally addressed to the second person (you) with a request, order, command, advice, warning, wishes. So ‘you’ is understood. (ଏ ସମସ୍ତ ଅର୍ଥ ସୂଚକ କରୁଥିବା ଅନୁଜ୍ଞାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ପୁରୁଷ ‘you’ ଊଦ୍ୟ ରହେ ।)

(a) Order (ଆଦେଶ) :
Hurry up. (ଚଞ୍ଚଳ କର ।)
Leave this place.
Stop writing.
Shut up ! (ଚୁପ୍ ରୁହ !)
Good wishes (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା) :

(b) Advice (ଉପଦେଶ) :
Never tell a lie. (କେବେ ମିଛ କୁହନାହିଁ ।)
Don’t disobey your parents.
Be polite (ନମ୍ର ହୁଅ} to everybody.
Go to bed early.
Study hard.

(c) Instructions/Directions (ନିର୍ଦେଶ) :
(What to do / how to do / where to go etc.)
Don’t use a ball pen. (Examination) Take this medicine on an empty stomach. Go straight on. ( ସିଧାସଳଖ ଆଗକୁ ଚାଲ ।)
Turn left. (ବାମକୁ ମୋଡ଼ ।)
Stop near the SBI ATM.
Soak (ଭିଜାଅ) the rice in a bucket (ବାଲଟିରେ).

(d) Warning (ସତର୍କ | ସାବଧାନ) :
Don’t get into a running bus.
(ଚଳନ୍ତା ବସ୍ ଭିତରକୁ ପଶ ନାହିଁ ।)
Mind your own language.
(ନିଜର ଭାଷାପ୍ରତି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
Mind your steps on the slippery road.
(ଖସଡ଼ା ରାସ୍ତା ଉପରେ ପାଦ ପ୍ରତି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
Never betray your motherland.
(ମାତୃଭୂମି ପ୍ରତି ଆଦୌ ବିଶ୍ଵାସଘାତକତା କର ନାହିଁ ।)

(e) Good Wishes (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା) :
Have a good time.
(ତୁମର ସମୟ ଭଲରେ ଅତିବାହିତ ହେଉ ।)
(I hope you have a good time.)
Have a nice day.
(ଦିନଟି ଭଲରେ କଟିଯାଉ ।)
(I hope you have a nice day.)
Have a happy journey.
( ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଯାତ୍ରା ସୁଖପ୍ରଦ ହେଉ ।)

(f) Request (ଅନୁରୋଧ) :
Buy me a book, please.
Please move a little.
(ଦୟାକରି ଟିକେ ଘୁଞ୍ଚୁଯାଅ ।)
Kindly inform the police.
Help me with this sum, please.
(ଦୟାକରି ଏହି ଅଙ୍କ କଷିବାରେ ମୋତେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରନ୍ତୁ ।)

(g) Command (ଆଦେଶ) (ସେନାଧ୍ୟକ୍ଷଙ୍କ ତରଫରୁ) :
March on, soldiers (ଆଗେଇ ଚାଲ).
Keep firing (ଗୁଳି ଚଳାଇବା ଜାରିରଖ),

(h) Prayer (ପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା ) :
Have mercy on us.
(ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ କରୁଣା କର ।)

(i) Suggestion (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ) :
Let’s (let us) go on a picnic.
(ଏକ ବଣଭୋଜିରେ ଯିବା ।)
Let’s forget about it.
(ଏ ବିଷୟରେ ଭୁଲିଯିବା ଭଲ ।)
Let’s (us) work hard. (We should work hard.)
Let’s take a rest now.
(ଏବେ ଟିକେ ବିଶ୍ରାମ ନେବା ।)

(1) ‘LET’ with Other Subjects to denote other meanings : (ଅନ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ + Subject in the Objective form)
Let the girl go. (ଝିଅଟିକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।) (the girl = subject) (giving permission)
Let them play. ( ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଖେଳିବାକୁ ଦିଅ । ଦିଆଯାଉ ।) (giving permission)
Let me make you a cup of coffee. (ମୁଁ ତୁମପାଇଁ ଏକ କପ୍ କଫି କରୁଛି) (offer – ଯାଚିବା)
Let him speak now. (Allow him to speak now.) (ତାକୁ ଏବେ କହିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।)

(2) ‘Let’ always takes the objective forms of
Examples:
Let us (not ‘we’) …….,
Let him (not ‘he’) …….,
Let them (not ‘they’) ……..
Let her (not ‘she’) ……
Let me (not ‘I’) ……..

Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ):

An Exclamatory sentence is one which expresses different emotions like joy, grief, wonder, shock, hatred or appreciation. (ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ମାନବୀୟ ଆବେଗ, ଯଥା- ଆନନ୍ଦ, ଦୁଃଖ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ, ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ ଦୁଃଖ, ଘୃଣା ବା ପ୍ରଶଂସା ଆଦିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Look at these sentences :

The tea is very strong. (Declarative) (ଚାହାଟି ଖୁବ୍ କଡ଼ା ।)
How strong the tea is ! (Exclamatory) (ଚାହାଟି କେତେ କଡ଼ା !) (ବିରକ୍ତି)
How brilliantly Sehwag batted! (କି ଚମତ୍‌କାର ଭାବରେ ସେହୱାଗ୍ ବ୍ୟାଟିଂ କଲେ !) (ପ୍ରଶଂସ୍କା)
What a fine cottage ! (କି ସୁନ୍ଦର କୁଡ଼ିଆଟିଏ !) (ପ୍ରଶଂସା)

(1) An Exclamatory sentence ends with an exclamatory sign (!).
(ଆହା) His father is dead. (ଦୁଃଖ)
What a dirty child! (କି ଅପରିଷ୍କାର ପିଲା !) (ଘୃଣା)

(2) Making of Exclamatory Sentence :
(i) What+ adjective + noun or noun phrase
(ii) How + adjective / adverb …………

(i) What + adjective + noun / noun phrase :
Examples:
What a beautiful book!
What a long beard!
What a great leader Mahatma Gandhi was!
What a lot of languages he knows!

(ii) How + adjective /adverb + ………
Examples:
How unfortunate (adjective) the girl was!
How painful (adjective) the disease is!
How quickly (adverb) the car passed!
How boldly (adverb) Amit faced the microphone!

Changing Declarative to Exclamatory:

By leaving out very, quite, so, such, indeed, etc. we change declarative to exclamatory sentences.

Examples:
(i) I am very unfortunate.
How unfortunate I am!

(ii) The wind was quite ferocious.
How ferocious the wind was!

(iii) The girl has got very small hair.
What small hair the girl has/has got! or, How small the girl’s hair is!

(iv) Amitabh played the role very innocently.
How innocently Amitabh played the role!

(v) This is all nonsense.
What nonsense!

Activity – 2

Some simple sentences are given below. Mention each, whether it is declarative, interrogative, imperative, or exclamatory. The first one has been done for you.
Example :
Why were you absent from class yesterday? (Interrogative)
(i) Abdul is a strong boy.
Answer:
declarative

(ii) Let us move on.
Answer:
imperative

(iii) Who told you that story?
Answer:
interrogative

(iv) How luckily I escaped the accident!
Answer:
exclamatory

(v) Don’t touch a live wire.
Answer:
imperative

(vi) Are you coming with him?
Answer:
interrogative

(vii) Turn to page 25 in your grammar book.
Answer:
imperative

(viii) Who did you give it to?
Answer:
Interrogative

Activity – 3

Turn the following declarative sentences into exclamatory sentences using ‘how’ or ‘what’s the beginning of the sentences:
(i) The weather is very fine.
Answer:
How fine the weather is! (fine – adjective)

(ii) She is a very intelligent girl.
Answer:
What an intelligent girl she is! (noun phrase)

(iii) He speaks very fluently.
Answer:
How fluently he speaks! (adverb)

(iv) She has got a very sharp memory.
Answer:
What a sharp memory she has got? (noun phrase)

(v) It is a very beautiful night.
Answer:
What a beautiful night! (it is) (noun phrase)

(vi) She has put on a very costly necklace.
Answer:
What a costly necklace she has put on! (noun phrase)

Activity – 4

There are some verbs in the brackets. Fill in the blanks in the following sentences choosing the appropriate verbs from the brackets.
(hope, concentrate, make, avoid, take, get)
The examination is at hand. ______ the best use of your time. ______ on your studies. _______ watching television. ______ the advice of your teachers when you are in difficulty. Don’t _____ nervous. Always ______ for the best.
Answers:
The examination is at hand (ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ). Make the best use (ସଦୁପଯୋଗ କର) of your time. Concentrate (ମନଯୋଗ ଦିଅ) on your studies. Avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରୁହ) watching television. Take (ଗ୍ରହଣ କର) the advice of your teachers when you are in difficulty. Don’t get (ହୁଅନାହିଁ) nervous. Always hope ଆଣାକର for the best.

Compound Sentence (Multiple Sentence) (ଯୌଗିକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

Read the following sentences:
(i) Bisu reached the station in time and got the train.
(ବିଶୁ ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ ଷ୍ଟେସନରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲା ଓ ଟ୍ରେନ୍‌ରେ ଯାତ୍ରାକଲା ।)
Here ‘we’ have two simple sentences. One is “Bisu reached the station in time”. The second simple sentence is (he) got the train’.

(ii) The second part of the sentence (‘and got the train’) coordinates with the earlier part (Bisu reached the station in time).

(iii) Each clause is independent of the other and is called a Principal or Main clause and they are both Co-ordinate clauses, being of equal status and joined by a coordinating conjunction ‘and’.
(ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା clause ଏକ ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଥିବାରୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଗୋଟିଏ independent clause ବା Main clause ବା ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ।)
ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ (and got the train) ପ୍ରଥମଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ (Bisu reached the station in time) କୁ co- ordinating conjunction (ସଂଯୋଜକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ) ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା co-ordinating କରୁଥିବାରୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ co-ordinating clause.

(iv) Compound sentence (definition): A sentence that is made up of two or more independent main clauses, joined by a co-ordinating conjuction, is called a compound sentence. (ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟକୁ Co-ordinating conjunction ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗକରି ଯେଉଁବାକ୍ୟ ଗଠନ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଯୌଗିକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples:
(i) I can speak English but I can’t speak German. (Compound sentence)
(ମୁଁ ଇଂରାଜୀରେ କହିପାରିବି, କିନ୍ତୁ ଜର୍ମାନ୍ ଭାଷାରେ ନୁହେଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ can speak English. – Independent clause
I can’t speak German. – Independent clause, but – co-ordination/co-ordinating conjunction]
(ii) Rajesh worked hard but failed. (ରାଜେଶ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ ସଫଳ ହେଲା ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ Rajesh worked hard. – independent clause
(he) failed – independent clause, but – co-ordinating conjunction]

Compound Sentences with Co-ordinators:

(i) And
The boy went to the counter and had a ticket booked.
(ବାଳକ କାଉଣ୍ଟର ପାଖକୁ ଗଲା ଓ ଟିକେଟ୍‌ଟି କଟାଇଲା ।)
Mr Dash drives a car and a bike.
He opened the door and went out.

(ii) But, Yet, Still, Nevertheless, Only, Whereas
(denoting a contrast between two statements)
(ଦୁଇଟି ଉକ୍ତି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ବିପରୀତ ଭାବ ଅର୍ଥା ପ୍ରଭେଦ ଦର୍ଶାଇବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)
He is poor but he is honest.
The man is rich, yet / still he is not happy.
Mitali failed twice; nevertheless, she tried again.
(ମିତାଲି ଦୁଇଥର ଫେଲ ହୋଇଗଲା, ତଥାପି ସେ ପୁଣି ଚେଷ୍ଟାକଲା ।)
He worked hard; whereas / while his brother sat idle.
(ସେ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲା; ଯେତେବେଳେ କି ତା’ର ଭାଇ ଅଳସୁଆରେ ବସି ରହିଲା ।)
You may do as you like, only don’t disturb me.
(ତୁମର ଯାହା ଇଚ୍ଛା ତାହା କର; ହେଲେ ମୋତେ ଅସୁବିଧାରେ ପକାଅ ନାହିଁ ।)

(iii) Or and Otherwise
You can stay here or you can go to a hotel.
He can’t read or write French. (ସେ ଫ୍ରେଞ୍ଚ୍ ପଢ଼ିପାରିବ ନାହିଁ କି ଫ୍ରେଞ୍ଚ୍ ଭାଷାରେ ଲେଖୁପାରିବ ନାହିଁ।)
Hurry up or/otherwise you will miss the train. (ଶୀଘ୍ର ଚାଲ, ତା’ନହେଲେ ତୁ ଟ୍ରେନ୍ ଧରିପାରିବୁ ନାହିଁ।)

(iv) So, Therefore, Then, For
Bharati was very ill, therefore / consequently (ଫଳରେ) she couldn’t attend school.
I have no money on me now; then, so / so then I can’t buy the book. (ତେଣୁକରି)
The teacher didn’t take our class because he was busy with picnic arrangements. (କାରଶ)

Conjunctions that go in pairs :

(v) Both …… and, Not only ……. But also
Both Rama and his brother are absent.
He not only played brilliantly but also powered his team to victory.

(vi) Either …… or, Neither ……. nor
Either he or his brother will come.
Neither the teacher nor the students are said to be involved in the matter.
Mohit is either listening to the radio or playing football.
The beggar neither ate nor drank anything.

Complex Sentence (ଜଟିଳ ବାକ୍ୟ):

Look at the following sentences:
(i) I am certain of completing the work today. (Simple sentence) (am – finite verb).
I am certain that I shall complete the work today. (Complex sentence)

(ii) Tell me the place of your birth. (Simple sentence) (Tell – finite verb)
Tell me where you were born. (Complex sentence)

(iii) Hard-working (a) students succeed in the examination. (Simple sentence) (succeed – finite verb)
Students who work hard succeed in the examination. (Complex sentence)
⇒ The underlined clauses in the different sentences are subordinating clauses or dependent clauses.)
(ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ତ ଜଟିଳ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ସବୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ subordinating clause ବା dependent clause ବା ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ।)

Sub-ordinating Clause Or, Dependent Clause (ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ) :

(i) A subordinate clause is dependent on main clause for it can’t stand independently as a sentence. (ଗୋଟିଏ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର ବା ଆଶ୍ରା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏହାକୁ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ । କାରଣ ଏପରି ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ (ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଜଟିଳବାକ୍ୟରେ) ସ୍ଵାଧୀନଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) Complex Sentence (Definition): A sentence with at least one independent clause and one or more subordinate or dependent clauses is called a complex sentence. ଅତିକମ୍ ରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଧାନ ବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ସହିତ ଏକ ବା ଏକାଧ୍ଵକ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡକୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଜଟିଳ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Subordinate Clause in the Complex Sentence:

(1) A subordinate clause is called so as it begins with a subordinator (that, wh-words, as, because, since, if, though, etc).
(2) A subordinating clause is of three types:

• Noun clause
• Relative clause
• Adverb clause

Let’s see the classification (ଶ୍ରେଶା) of sentences:

Examples:
(i) Ashis worked hard. (Simple sentence). (ଆଶିଷ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କଲା ।)
(ii) Ashis worked hard and got selected for admission to the Medical College. (Compound sentence).
(and got selected for admission in the Medical College = Co-ordinating Clause, and = co-ordinator)
(iii) Ashis worked hard and got a scholarship which helped him become a doctor. (Complex sentence)
(which helped him become a doctor = Subordinate Clause, which = Subordinator)

Activity – 5

Combine (join) each pair of the following sentences into a compound sentence using conjunctions such as: ‘and”, ‘but’, ‘or’, ‘so’, ‘yet’, ‘for’, otherwise.

(i) He finished his exercise. He put away his books.
Answer:
He finished his exercises and put away (ରଖିଦେଲା) । his books.

(ii) He must not be late. He will be punished.
Answer:
He must not be late, otherwise (ନହେଲେ । ନଚେତ୍) he will be punished.

(iii) Make haste. You will be late.
Answer:
Make haste (ଚଞ୍ଚଳ କର) or you will be late.

(iv) He is rich. He is not contented.
Answer:
He is rich; yet/but he is not contented (ସୁଖୀ).

(v) He was horrified. He saw bloodstain on the floor.
Answer:
He was horrified (ଆତଙ୍କିତ) for (କାରଣ) he saw bloodstain (ରକ୍ତଛିଟା) on the floor.
Or, He saw bloodstain on the floor; so he was horrified.

(vi) He tried hard. He did not succeed.
Answer:
He tried hard but he did not succeed.

(vii) They took every precaution. They suffered from the disease.
Answer:
They took every precaution (ପ୍ରତିଷେଧକ), yet / but (ତଥାପି) they suffered from the disease.

(viii) I have a lot of work. I must do it now.
Answer:
I have a lot of work, so (ତେଣୁ) I must do it now.

(ix) Be good. You will be happy.
Answer:
Be good and you will be happy.

(x) He practiced daily. He became an expert player.
Answer:
He practiced daily, so he became an expert (ଦକ୍ଷ) player.
Or, He became an expert player because he practiced daily.

Activity – 6

Combine each pair of the following sentences into a compound sentence using one of the correlatives: either…or, neither…nor, not only…but also, both…and.

(i) Energy is necessary for success in life. Patience is also necessary for success in life.
Answer:
Not only energy (ଶକ୍ତି) but also patience (ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟ) is necessary for success in life.(noun)

(ii) I have left my glasses on the bus. I have left my glasses at the office.
Answer:
I have left my glasses either on the bus or at the office. (place adverbial)

(iii) He cannot speak English. He cannot speak Hindi.
Answer:
He can speak neither English nor Hindi. (noun).

(iv) The boy is very healthy. He is also very happy.
Answer:
The boy is not only very healthy but also very happy. (adjective phrase)
Or, The boy is both very healthy and very happy.

(v) He does not drink tea. He does not drink coffee.
Answer:
He drinks neither tea nor coffee. (noun)

(vi) She draws pictures neatly. She also paints them beautifully.
Answer:
She not only draws pictures neatly (ପରିଷ୍କାର ଭାବରେ) but also paints them beautifully. (verb)

(vii) The artists will sing for us. They will dance for us too.
Answer:
The artists (କଳାକାରମାନେ) will not only sing but also dance for us. (verb)
Or, The artists will both sing and dance for us.

Activity – 7

Break up each of the following sentences into separate clauses. Mark the main clause as M.C. and the subordinate clause as S.C.:

(i) He would go if you asked him.
Answer:
He would go. (M.C) If you asked him. (S.C)

(ii) You should not disbelieve what he says.
Answer:
You should not disbelieve. (M.C) What he says. (S.C)

(iii) He found the watch that he had lost.
Answer:
He found the watch. (M.C) That he had lost. (S.C)

(iv) Though he was born of poor parents, he rose to greatness.
Answer:
he rose to greatness. (M.C) Though he was born to poor parents. (S.C)

(v) We thought that he was a hermit.
Answer:
We thought. (M.C) that he was a hermit. (S.C)

(vi) A dog that barks seldom bites.
Answer:
A dog seldom bites. (M.C) that barks. (S.C)

(vii) The place where Buddha was buried has recently been discovered.
Answer:
The place has recently been discovered. (M.C) Where Buddha was buried. (S.C)

(viii) It always pours when it rains.
Answer:
It always pours. (M.C) When it rains. (S.C)

Activity – 8

Study the following sentences from your previous textbook. Write (S) against simple sentences, (D) against compound sentences, and (X) against complex sentences.

(i) I saw that some of the tables had been pushed into a corner.
Answer:
I saw that some of the tables had been pushed into a corner. (Subordinate clause) (X)

(ii) I chose the corner table, seated myself, and started skimming through the newspaper.
Answer:
I chose the corner table, seated myself, and started skimming through the newspaper. (D) (Co-ordinate clause)

(iii) When I had finished my lunch, I asked the waiter about her.
Answer:
When I had finished my lunch, I asked the waiter about her. (Subordinate clause) (X)

(iv) The curiosity which I felt about the girl persisted.
Answer:
The curiosity (g) which I felt about the girl persisted. (Subordinate clause) (X)

(v) I understood how she felt.
Answer:
I understood how she felt. (Subordinate clause) (X).

(vi) Do you usually go this way?
Answer:
Do you usually go this way? (One-clause) (S).

(vii) As we drank tea, I talked about India.
Answer:
As we drank tea, I talked about India. (Subordinate clause) (X).

(viii) When I go to that part of the country, I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you.
Answer:
When I go to that part of the country, I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you. (X).
When I go to that part of the county (Subordinate clause) and write to you (Co-ordinate clause)

(ix) Maggie, take Mr Gupta upstairs.
Answer:
Maggie, take Mr Gupta upstairs. (S) (One-clause)

(x) I got up and held her hand.
Answer:
I got up (ଉଠିପଡ଼ିଲେ) and held her hand. (D) (Co-ordinate clause)

At a glance:
Sentence:

I. A sentence is a group of words that are joined together to make a complete meaning.
II. It is made up of two parts, a subject (କର୍ତ୍ତା) and a predicate (ବିଧେୟ).

Subject (କର୍ତ୍ତା / ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ) :
I. Subject is the part of a sentence that names the person/thing being spoken about.
II. In a sentence, a subject is usually placed first, except in interrogative and exclamatory sentences. (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟତୀତ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।)
Notice that underlined 2 subject parts.

Examples :
A: Children play football.
B: The children of this school play football.

Predicate (ବିଧେୟ) :
I. The predicate is that part of a sentence that must have at least one finite verb.
(ବିଧେୟ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟର ସେହି ଅଂଶ ଯାହାର ଅତିକମ୍‌ରେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ।)
II. Predicate provides information about the subject and the verb in a sentence.
(ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଓ କ୍ରିୟା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଏକ ବିଧେୟ ସୂଚନା ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥାଏ।)
Examples:

Simple Sentence:
A sentence that is made up of one independent (main) clause and makes complete sense is called a simple sentence.
Note that …..
A simple sentence has :
(i) only one subject and
(ii) only one finite verb.
Meera   loves   animals.
subject finite verb

Compound Sentence:
When two independent clauses are joined by a conjunction to make a sentence, it is called a compound sentence.
Rohan did not study for the test,           yet                             he scored quite well.
Independent clause                      co-ordinate conjunction     independent clause

Note that ….
(i) Compound sentences communicate more than one complete thought through independent clauses.
(ii) Co-ordinate clauses can be joined with the help of conjunctions, such as (ଯଥା) and, but, however, nevertheless, nonetheless, only, still, whereas, yet, or, otherwise, so, therefore and so on (ଇତ୍ଯାଦି).
[A grammatical unit that carries a finite verb and makes complete sentence by itself is called an independent clause or main clause.]

Complex Sentence:
When an independent clause joins a dependent or subordinate clause to make a sentence, it is called a complex sentence.

Examples :
A: I know the man    Who    came to see you yesterday
independent clause Conjunction dependent clause
B: Before    I left for Mumbai    I had finished all my work.
conjunction independent clause dependent clause

Note that….
In a complex sentence, the subordinate clause is joined with the main clause with the help of.
(i) either conjunction (subordinator) such as because, after, before, while, since, that, as, if, unless, then, so that, though, etc.
(ii) or relative pronouns such as who, which, whom, whose, that, what, and so on.

Types of Sentences Additional Questions With Answer

(1) Read the following sentences and say what type of simple sentence it is.
1. English is a foreign language.
Answer:
Declarative

2. The cuckoo sings in spring.
Answer:
Declarative

3. Who wrote the Mahabharata?
Answer:
Interrogative

4. Have a smooth journey.
Answer:
Imperative

5. How powerful America is!
Answer:
Exclamatory

6. Let’s start a new project.
Answer:
Imperative

7. Don’t write on the front page of the answer book.
Answer:
Imperative

8. Are you joining the picnic?
Answer:
Interrogative

9. The children are not taking an interest in their studies.
Answer:
Declarative

10. How stupid he is!
Answer:
Exclamatory

11. What a sharp memory he has got!
Answer:
Exclamatory

12. Turn to page 10 in your grammar book.
Answer:
Imperative

13. Would you mind posting the letter?
Answer:
Interrogative

14. The Himalayas is in the north of India.
Answer:
Declarative

15. Have you ever been to Puri?
Answer:
Interrogative

16. Did you go to Cuttack?
Answer:
Interrogative

17. Mr Mishra is a good doctor.
Answer:
Declarative

18. Come here, boys.
Answer:
Imperative

19. I never go to the cinema.
Answer:
Declarative

20. How fortunate I am!
Answer:
Exclamatory.

(2) Read the following sentences and say what type of sentence it is.
1. I can speak English but I cannot speak Hindi.
Answer:
Compound

2. As the weather is fine, we should enjoy it.
Answer:
Complex

3. Do or die.
Answer:
Compound

4. Bhubaneswar with all its lights looks beautiful at night.
Answer:
Simple

5. You can do it if you like.
Answer:
Complex

6. Who told you to go home?
Answer:
Simple

7. Wait here until I return.
Answer:
Complex

8. The people who have gone to the moon say that there is no water there.
Answer:
Complex

9. A valuable thing was found yesterday.
Answer:
Simple

10. I came, I saw and I conquered.
Answer:
Compound

11. The boy described what he had seen.
Answer:
Complex

12. If you turn the switch, the motor will start.
Answer:
Complex

13. Maggie, take Mr. Gupta upstairs.
Answer:
Simple

14. I understood how she felt.
Answer:
Complex

15. I got up and held her hand.
Answer:
Compound

16. I saw that some of the tables had been pushed into a corner.
Answer:
Complex

17. He stood up and asked me a question.
Answer:
Compound

18. The curiosity which I felt about the girl persisted.
Answer:
Complex

19. When I had finished my lunch, I asked the waiter about the girl.
Answer:
Complex

20. I have been waiting here since morning.
Answer:
Simple

(3) Write the pattern of the following sentences.
1. Pragyan feels cold.
Answer:
SVC

2. The babies are crying.
Answer:
SV

3. Shruti looks tired.
Answer:
SVC

4. Mahesh offered me a gift.
Answer:
SVOO

5. Ashish asked her a question.
Answer:
SVOO

6. Krushna and Mahesh are on the way.
Answer:
SVC

7. The mango tastes sweet.
Answer:
SVC

8. Babul seems restless.
Answer:
SVC

9. The baby broke the toy.
Answer:
SVO

10. The book made him famous.
Answer:
SVOC

11. The boy appears innocent.
Answer:
SVC

12. His father bought him a new bicycle.
Answer:
SVOO

13. We have proved him wrong.
Answer:
SVOC

14. They elected Mr. Prusty chairman.
Answer:
SVOC

15. Dr. Prativa Ray has written many novels.
Answer:
SVO

16. It smells nice.
Answer:
SVC

17. My father was an artist.
Answer:
SVC

18. They found him death.
Answer:
SVOC

19. The sky got dark.
Answer:
SVC

20. The guide showed us the temple.
Answer:

(4) Combine each pair of the following sentences into a compound sentence using co-ordinating or co-relative conjunctions.
1. You may stay here. You may go home.
Answer:
You may stay here or go home.

2. He joined the essay competition. He won the prize.
Answer:
He joined the essay competition and won the prize.

3. He is not rich. He is happy.
Answer:
He is not rich, yet he is happy.

4. He rebuked me. I was not angry.
Answer:
He rebuked me, still, I was not angry.

5. Work hard. You will fail.
Answer:
Work hard, or else you will fail.

6. I was tired. I went to bed early.
Answer:
I was tired, so I went to bed early.

7. She can sing. She can dance.
Answer:
She can both sing and dance.

8. I am ill with a fever. I shall sit for the examination.
Answer:
I am ill with a fever nevertheless I shall sit for the examination.

9. It rained heavily. I could not go out.
Answer:
It rained heavily, therefore I could not go out.

10. He is mad. He feigns madness.
Answer:
He is either mad or he feigns madness.

11. He is not handsome. He is not smart.
Answer:
He is neither handsome nor smart.

12. He was arrested. He was sentenced to death.
Answer:
He was not only arrested but also sentenced to death.

13. I don’t want to go to the cinema. I am feeling tired.
Answer:
I don’t want to go to the cinema, besides I am feeling tired.

14. He couldn’t speak. He was overcome with grief.
Answer:
He could not speak for he was overcome with grief.

15. He knocked at the door. Nobody opened it.
Answer:
He knocked at the door, but nobody opened it.

16. I can speak English. I can speak Hindi.
Answer:
I can speak English, but I can’t speak Hindi.

17. He worked hard. He got a first division.
Answer:
He worked hard and got a first division.

18. The knife is sharp. It cuts well.
Answer:
The knife is sharp, so it cuts well.

19. He gave us dinner. He drove us back home.
Answer:
He not only gave us dinner but also drove us back home.

20. His father will come here. His mother will come here.
Answer:
Either his father or his mother will come here.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Pdf Download

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Learn and Practise Grammar Book Solutions Download Pdf | 10th Class English Grammar Question Answers Odia Medium

• Chapter 1 Tense Revisited
• Chapter 2 Types of Sentences
• Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement
• Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms
• Chapter 5 Prepositions
• Chapter 6 Phrasal Verbs
• Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses
• Chapter 8 Adverb Clauses
• Chapter 9 The Passive
• Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Book Distribution of Marks

Latest/Revised Pattern of Evaluation with Distribution of Marks as Prescribed by Board of Secondary Education, Odisha (Second Language English (SLE)

The examination for the English (SLE) paper will have two parts. Part-I relates to Objective-Type Questions (Fill in the blanks, Answer in one word/one sentence, Write True or False, Match the Columns, Questions on Language & Vocabulary and Grammar, Translation into English) carrying 50 marks with 1-hour duration & Part-II relates to Subjective Questions (Long Answer-type questions, Essay, Letter/Application, Summary/Report writing, etc.) carrying 50 marks with 1 1/2 hours duration.

The detailed distribution of marks with respect to the pattern of questions is given below:

Part I (Objective-Type)
1. Prose (5 Questions) (1 × 5 = 5 Marks)
2. Poetry (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
3. Non-Detailed Study (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
4. Language & Vocabulary (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
5. Grammar (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
6. Translation into English (1 × 5 = 5 Marks)
Total = 50 Marks

Part II (Subjective Type)
Prose
1. Two Questions to be answered within 50 words carrying 5 marks each (Internal Choice) (5 × 2 = 10 Marks)
2. One Essay out of three (3) (in about 250 words) (To be written keeping to the outline given) (12 × 1 = 12 Marks)
3. Letter/Applications (in about 100 words) internal choice (10 × 1 = 10 Marks)
4. Summary (A Passage in about 180 words): (To be answered in about 60 words) (8 × 1 = 8 Marks)
5. Unseen Passage (in about 150 words): (Five very short answer type questions carrying two marks each) (2 × 5 = 10 Marks)
Total = 50 Marks

Grand Total: Part-I (50 Marks) + PART-II (50 Marks) = 100 Marks

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Life Science Important Questions Chapter 10 ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ Important Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Life Science Important Questions 10 ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ

A ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ

1. ସମ୍ବରଣ ନୀତି କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖ୍ କମ୍ ସମ୍ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ସମ୍ବରଣ ଅଟେ ।

2. ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ ନୀତି କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଏହାଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମେ କିଛିମାତ୍ରାରେ ବର୍ଜ୍ୟବସ୍ତୁକୁ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିପାରିବା । ଏହି ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଜୈବ ଆବର୍ଜନାରୁ କମ୍ପୋଷ୍ଟ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇପାରୁଛି ।

3. ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
ଊ-
ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା କହିଲେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ବାସ କରୁଥିବା ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାରର ପ୍ରାଣୀ, ଉଭିଦ ଓ ଅଣୁଜୀବଙ୍କୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ । ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ହେଉଛି ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତାର ପ୍ରମୁଖ ଉତ୍ସ ।

4. ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଅଣଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଜମିରେ ଜନସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ସହଯୋଗରେ ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିବା ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।

5. ସାମାଜିକ ବନପ୍ରକଳ୍ପର ସୁଫଳ କେଉଁଠାରେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ମିଳୁଛି ?
ଊ-
ଏହି ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରିତା ତଥା ସଫଳତା ସ୍କୁଲ, କଲେଜ୍, ସରକାରୀ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ହତାରେ, ରାସ୍ତାକଡ଼ରେ ଓ କେନାଲ ବନ୍ଧମାନଙ୍କରେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ମିଳୁଛି ।

6. ଯୁଗ୍ମ ଜଙ୍ଗଳ ପଇଁଚାଳନା କିପରି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମାନା ହୋଇଛି ?
ଉ-
ସମସ୍ତ ଅଂଶୀଦାରମାନଙ୍କୁ ସାମିଲ କରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ ଓ ପରିଚାଳନା ପାଇଁ ଯୁଗ୍ମ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ପରିଚାଳନା ଯୋଜନା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ଷମ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

7. IUCN ସଂସ୍ଥା କାହିଁକି ଗଠିତ ହୋଇଛି ?
ଉ-
ଅସୁର କ୍ଷି ତ ଓ ଲୁ ପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ର ହି ଥ‌ିବା ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କ ସୁରକ୍ଷାପାଇଁ IUCN ନାମକ ଆନ୍ତର୍ଜାତିକ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଗଠିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

8. IUCN ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କର ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ବିଭାଗ କର ।
ଉ-

• ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି,
• ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାତି,
• ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଜାତି,
• ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି

9. କେଉଁମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ବା ଭେଦ୍ୟ ଜାତି କୁହାଯାଏ ?
ଉ-
ଯେଉଁ ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କର ଶିକାର ଓ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଅତିମାତ୍ରାରେ କରାଯାଇଛି, ସେମାନଙ୍କର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ କୌଣସି ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ନିଆଯାଉନଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଏହି ଜାତିମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ବା ଭେଦ୍ୟ ଜାତି ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

B ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଭାରତରେ ‘Wild Life Protection Act.” ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
2. ଜୀବକୋଷର ଶତକଡ଼ା କେତେ ଭାଗ ଜଳ ଅଟେ ?
3. ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ଶିମିଳିପାଳ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଅଛି ?
4, ଆମ ଦେଶରେ 1927 ମସିହାରେ ‘ଜାତୀୟ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ନୀତି’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
5. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ‘Wild Life Protection Act.’ ର ସଂଶୋଧନ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
6. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରୁ ‘Red Data Book’ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ img
7. ଭୂତଳ ଓ ଭୂପୃଷ୍ଠ ଜଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ଦ୍ୱାରା ମାଟିର କେଉଁ ଗୁଣ ବୃଦ୍ଧିପାଏ ?
8. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରୁ ଭାରତରେ ‘National Forest Policy’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
9. ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ମୌସୁମୀ ବାୟୁର ପ୍ରଭାବରେ ପ୍ରାୟ ଶତକଡ଼ା କେତେ ଭାଗ ବୃଷ୍ଟିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
10. ଆସାମର କେଉଁଠାରେ ଗଣ୍ଡା ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଅଛି ?
11. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଚିପ୍‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
12. କେରଳର କେଉଁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ
ସଚେତନତା ଦ୍ଵାରା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
13. ଗୁଜରାଟର କେଉଁଠାରେ ଚଢ଼େଇ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା
14. ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟର କେଉଁ ଜିଲ୍ଲାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଭିତରକନିକା
15. ପରିବ୍ରାଜୀ ବିଦେଶୀ ପକ୍ଷୀମାନଙ୍କ ସମାଗମ ପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ଖୁବ୍ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି ଲାଭ କରିଛି ?

Answers:
1. 1972 3. ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ
2. 85-90
3. img
4. ଆରାବରି
5. 1991
6. 1966
7. ଆର୍ଦ୍ରତା
8. 1988
9. 85
10. କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
11. 1970
12. ପେରିୟାର
13. ଭରତପୁର
14. କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା
15. 96.

C ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. ପରିବେଶ ତଥା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ………………… ନୀତିକୁ ଏକ ମାଧ୍ୟମ ଭାବରେ ପରିଗଣିତ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
2. ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖ୍ କମ୍ ସମ୍ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର …………………. କରିବାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
3. ଜୈବ ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ କମ୍ପୋଷ୍ଟ କରିବା ଏକ ………………….. ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ।
4. କୌଣସି ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ……………….. କୁହାଯାଏ ।
5. ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ହେଉଛି …………………. ର ଏକ ପ୍ରମୁଖ ଉତ୍ସ ।
6. ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଓ ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ରହି ଥିବା ଜୀବ ମାନଙ୍କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ପାଇଁ ……………… ନାମକ ଆନ୍ତର୍ଜାତିକ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଗଠିତ ହୋଇଛି ।
7. ଯେଉଁ ଜୀବମାନେ 50 ବର୍ଷ ହେଲା ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ ହୋଇଯାଇଛନ୍ତି ଓ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରୁ ଅପସରି ଗଲେଣି ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ………………… କୁହାଯାଏ ।
8. ଯେଉଁ ଜୀବମାନଙ୍କ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଅତିମାତ୍ରାରେ କମିଗଲାଣି ଓ ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ହେବାର ଆଶଙ୍କା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଲାଶି ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ …………. କୁହାଯାଏ ।
୨. ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମର୍କଟ …………………. ଜାତିର ଜୀବ ଅଟେ ।
10. ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମର୍କଟ …………………. କେବଳ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ ।
11. ଉତ୍ତରପ୍ରଦେଶର ……………………. ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନରେ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର କୁହାଯାଏ । ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ।
12. ଜୈବ ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ …………………….. ରେ ପରି ଣତ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
13. ଯେଉଁ ଜୀବମାନେ ଅନ୍ୟୁନ 50 ବର୍ଷ ହେଲା ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ ହେ।ଲଗଲେଶି ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ……………. ଜାତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।
14. ଗ୍ରେଟ୍ ଇଣ୍ଡିଆନ୍ ବୁଷ୍ଟାର୍ଡ଼ ……………………. ଜାତିର ଅନ୍ତଭୁକ୍ତ ଅଟେ ।
15. ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମର୍କଟ ………………….. ଜାତିର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ ଅଟେ ।
16. ଏକ ଶିଙ୍ଗ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଗଣ୍ଡା ………………. ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ ।
17. ରେଡ ଡାଟା ବୁକ୍ …………………… ମସିହାରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଗଲାଣି
18. ଜାତୀୟ ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ ……………… ମସିହାରୁ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
19. ବନ୍ୟଜୀବ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଆଇନ ………………. ମସିହାରୁ ପ୍ରଶୟନ ହୋଇଛି ।
20. କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା ଜିଲ୍ଲାରେ ………………….. ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ।
21. ………………… ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଅଟେ ।

Answers:
1. 3R
2. ସମ୍ବରଣ
3. ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ
4. ପୁନର୍ବ୍ଯବହାର
6. IUCN
7. ବିଲୁପ୍ତଜାତି
8. ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାଳି
9. ଦୁର୍ଲଭ
10. ମାନସ
11. କର୍ନେଟ୍
12. କମ୍ପୋଷ୍ଟ
13. ବିଲୁପ୍ତ
14. ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ
15. ଦୁର୍ଲଭ
16. କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
17. 1966
18. 2004
19. 1972
20. ଭିତରକନିକା
21. ଶିମିଳିପାଳ

(D) ନିମ୍ନସ୍ଥ ଉକ୍ତିଗୁଡିକରୁ କେଉଁଟି ଠିକ୍ (✓ ) ବା ଭୁଲ୍ (✗) ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।

1. ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଜଳଛାୟା ପରିଚାଳନା କରାଯାଏ ।
2. ମେଧା ପାଟେକରଙ୍କ ନେତୃଘ୍ନରେ ‘ନର୍ମଦା ବାଞ୍ଛାଅ” ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ ଏବେ ବି ଚାଲିଛି ।
3. ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ଶିମିଳିପାଳ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ।
4. ଆମ ଦେଶରେ 1927 ମସିହାରେ ‘ଜାତୀୟ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ନୀତି’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
5. ଉତ୍ତର ପ୍ରଦେଶର କର୍ନେଟ୍ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଗଣ୍ଡା ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ।
6. ରେଡ୍ଡାଟା ବୁକ୍‌ରେ ବିପନ୍ନ ଜାତିମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ଚିଠା ଅଛି ।
7. ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଜାତିର ପ୍ରାଣୀଙ୍କୁ ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି, ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାତି, ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଜାତି, ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି ଓ କମ୍ ଜଣାଶୁଣା ଜାତିଭାବେ IUCN ଦ୍ଵାରା ଶ୍ରେଣୀଭୁକ୍ତ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
8. ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ଆଡ଼ିବନ୍ଧ ବା ଅଟକବନ୍ଧ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
9. ଜଳ ଛାୟା ପରିଚାଳନା ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
10. ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟର ହୀରାକୁଦଠାରେ ଏକ ବୃହତ୍ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ରହିଛି ।

Answers:
1. (✗)
2. (✓)
3. (✓)
4. (✗)
5. (✗)
6. (✓)
7. (✓)
8. (✓)
9. (✗)
10. (✓)

E ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ଯୋଡାର ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକରି ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭରେ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟଟିରେ ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
1970 : ଚିପ୍‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ	1983:
ପଶ୍ଚିମବଙ୍ଗ : ଆରାବରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ	କେରଳ :
ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ : ମହାବଳବାଘ	କାଜିରଙ୍ଗୀ :
କର୍ପେଟ୍ : ବାଘ	ଭରତପୁର :
ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ : ଖଇଖାଇ	କଟକ :

Answer:

ଉ ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
1970 : ଚିପ୍‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ	1983 : ଆଖିକୋ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ
ପଶ୍ଚିମବଙ୍ଗ : ଆରାବରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ	କେରଳ : ପେରିୟାରଜଲ
ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ : ମହାବଳବାଘ	କାଜିରଙ୍ଗୀ : ଗଣ୍ଡା
କର୍ପେଟ୍ : ବାଘ	ଭରତପୁର : ଚଢ଼େଇ
ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜ : ଖଇଖାଇ	କଟକ : ନରାଜ

 

2. ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ  ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
ଆଠଗଡ଼ : ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି	ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱର :
ଆଠଗଡ଼ : ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି	ବାଣପୁର :
ଡୋଡ଼ୋପକ୍ଷୀ : ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି	କମଣ୍ଡଳୁଗଛ :
ସରୀସୃପ : ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତଜାତି	ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣମର୍କଟ :
ଭିତରକନିକା : କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା	ଶିମିଳିପାଳ :

Answer:

ଉ ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
ଆଠଗଡ଼ : ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି	ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱର : ଡେରାସ
ଆଠଗଡ଼ : ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି	ବାଣପୁର : ସାଳିଆ
ଡୋଡ଼ୋପକ୍ଷୀ : ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି	କମଣ୍ଡଳୁଗଛ : ଲସ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାତି
ସରୀସୃପ : ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତଜାତି	ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣମର୍କଟ : ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି
ଭିତରକନିକା : କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା	ଶିମିଳିପାଳ : ମୟରଭଞ୍ଜ

 

3. ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ  ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
1927 : ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଆଇନ	1988:
1972 : ବନ୍ୟଜୀବ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଆଇନ	2004:
କେନାଲ ଓ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ : ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ସ	ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ :
ପଶ୍ଚିମବଙ୍ଗ : ଆରାବରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ	କେରଳ :
ଏକ ଶିଙ୍ଗ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଗଣ୍ଡା : ଲୋମଶ ହସ୍ତୀ	ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟଜାତି :

Answer:

ଉ ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ	‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ
1927 : ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଆଇନ	1988 : ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ନୀତି
1972 : ବନ୍ୟଜୀବ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଆଇନ	2004 : ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ
କେନାଲ ଓ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ : ସାମାଜିକ ବନ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ସ	ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ : ୟଗଜଚ୍ଚଲପରିଚାଳନା
ପଶ୍ଚିମବଙ୍ଗ : ଆରାବରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ	କେରଳ : ପେରିୟାର ଜଙ୍ଗଲ
ଏକ ଶିଙ୍ଗ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଗଣ୍ଡା : ଲୋମଶ ହସ୍ତୀ	ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟଜାତି : ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି

Multiple Choice Questions (Mcqs) With Answers

1. କେଉଁ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ?
(A) ଚିଲିକା
(B) ପେରିୟାର
(C) ଭିତର କନିକା
(D) କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
Answer
(C) ଭିତର କନିକା

2. ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ୍ ଆମ ଦେଶରେ କେବେ ପ୍ରଣୀତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
(A) 1927
(B) 1988
(C) 1972
(D) 2004
Answer
(D) 2004

3. ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ୍ ଆମ ଦେଶରେ କେବେ ପ୍ରଣୀତ ଜୀବ ?
(A) ଚିତାବାଘ
(C) ଟାସ୍‌ମାନିଆନ୍ ଉଲ୍‌
(D) ଲୋମଶ ହସ୍ତୀ
(B) ଡୋଡ଼ୋ
Answer
(B) ଡୋଡ଼ୋ

4. ପରିପ୍କୋ‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ କ’ଣ ପାଇଁ ଉଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଥିଲା ?
(A) ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୁରକ୍ଷା
(B) ହସ୍ତୀ ସୁରକ୍ଷା
(C) ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ସୁରକ୍ଷା
(D) ପକ୍ଷୀ ସୁରକ୍ଷା
Answer
(A) ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୁରକ୍ଷା

5. କେଉଁଟି ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ?
(A) ଅଭୟାରଣ୍ୟ
(B) ଉଦ୍ଭିଦ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ
(C) ସଂରକ୍ଷିତ ଜୀବମଣ୍ଡଳ
(D) ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ
Answer
(B) ଉଦ୍ଭିଦ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ

6. ‘ବିଶ୍ଵ ଏଡ୍‌ସ ଦିବସ’ କେବେ ପାଳନ କରାଯାଏ ?
(A) ଜୁନ୍ 22
(B) ସେପ୍ଟେମ୍ବର 8
(C) ଅକ୍ଟୋବର 29
(D) ଡିସେମ୍ବର !
Answer
(D) ଡିସେମ୍ବର !

7. ‘କଳ୍ପବୃଷ’ କ’ଣ ?
(A) ସ୍ଵେଚ୍ଛାସେବୀ ସଙ୍ଗଠନ
(B) ଇକୋସିଷ୍ଟମ୍
(C) ପରିସ୍ଥାନ
(D) ପ୍ଲବ୍ ଉଦ୍ଭଦ
Answer
(A) ସ୍ଵେଚ୍ଛାସେବୀ ସଙ୍ଗଠନ

8. ବିବିଧତା’ ଆଇନ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରିଥିଲେ ?
(A) 1988
(B) 1972
(C) 2004
(D) 2010
Answer
(C) 2004

9. ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମର୍କଟ କେଉଁ ଜାତିର ପ୍ରାଣୀ ?
(A) ବିଲୁପ୍ତ ଜାତି
(C) ଲୁପ୍ତପ୍ରାୟ ଜାତି
(B) ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି
(D) ଅସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ଜାତି
Answer
(B) ଦୁର୍ଲଭ ଜାତି

10. କେଉଁଟି ଏକ ବୃହତ୍ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଯୋଜନା ନୁହେଁ ?
(A) ହୀରାକୁଦ
(B) ବିଶ୍ଵେଶ୍ଵରାୟା
(C) ସର୍ଦ୍ଦାର ସରୋବର
(D) ନରାଜ
Answer
(D) ନରାଜ

11. କେଉଁଟି ଜୈବ ଅବନମିତକ୍ଷମ ?
(A) ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ୍ ନିର୍ମିତ ପଦାର୍ଥ
(B) ପାରଦ
(C) କାଠ
(D) ରାସାୟନିକ ପଦାର୍ଥ
Answer
(C) କାଠ

12. 1979 ମସିହାଠାରୁ ସବୁଜ ବଳୟ ସୃଷ୍ଟିପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ସଂସ୍ଥା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ?
(A) ବମ୍ବେ ନାଚୁରାଲ୍ ହିଷ୍ଟ୍ରି ସୋସାଇଟି
(B) କଳ୍ପବୃକ୍ଷ
(C) ବନ୍ୟଜୀବ ସମିତି
(D) ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତା ପରିଷଦ
Answer
(B) କଳ୍ପବୃକ୍ଷ

13. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରୁ ଭାରତରେ ‘National Forest Policy’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
(A) 1986
(B) 1988
(C) 1990
(D) 1992
Answer
(B) 1988

14. ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ମୌସୁମୀ ବାୟୁର ପ୍ରଭାବରେ ପ୍ରାୟ ଶତକଡ଼ା କେତେ ଭାଗ ବୃଷ୍ଟିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
(A) 70
(B) 80
(C) 85
(D) 90
Answer
(C) 85

15. ମୟୂରଭଞ୍ଜର କେଉଁଠାରେ ଛୋଟ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଅଛି ?
(A) ଡେରାସ୍
(B) ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି
(C) ନରାଜ
(D) ଗଡ଼ଖାଇ
Answer
(D) ଗଡ଼ଖାଇ

16. ଆସନ୍ତା ପ୍ରାୟ କେତେ ବର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କୋଇଲା ସମ୍ପଦ ଶେଷ ହୋଇଯିବ ?
(A) 70
(B) 80
(C) 90
(D) 100
Answer
(D) 100

17. 1966 ମସିହାରୁ କେଉଁ ସଂସ୍ଥା ତରଫରୁ ରେଡ୍ ଡାଟା
(A) IUCN
(B) ICNU
(C) INUC
(D) CNIU
Answer
(A) IUCN

18. କେଉଁ ମସିହାଠାରୁ ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ‘Forest Act.’ IMG
(A) 1925
(B) 1926
(C) 1927
(D) 1928
Answer
(C) 1927

19. ଆସାମର କେଉଁଠାରେ ଗଣ୍ଡା ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଅଛି ?
(A) ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ
(B) ଭରତପୁର
(C) କର୍ନେଟ୍
(D) କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
Answer
(D) କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା

20. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଚିପ୍‌ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ
(A) 1968
(B) 1970
(C) 1972
(D) 1974
Answer
(B) 1970

21. କେଉଁ ସଂସ୍ଥା ବନ୍ୟ ସମ୍ପଦ ଓ ବନ୍ୟଜନ୍ତୁ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଆର୍ଥିକ ସହାୟତା ଯୋଗାଏ ନାହିଁ ?
(A) NBC
(B) IBW
(C) WWF
(D) CRRI
Answer
(D) CRRI

22. କେରଳର କେଉଁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଚେତନତା ଦ୍ଵାରା କରାଯାଇଛି ?
(A) ପେରିୟାର୍
(B) ଆରାବରି
(C) ରେନି
(D) ପୁରୁଲିଆ
Answer
(A) ପେରିୟାର୍

23. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଭାରତରରେ ‘National Boidervisity Act.’ ପ୍ରଣୟନ ହୋଇଛି ?
(A) 2000
(B) 2002
(C) 2004
(D) 2006
Answer
(C) 2004

24. ଗୁଜରାଟର କେଉଁଠାଣର ଚଢ଼େଇ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ସଂସ୍ଥା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ?
(A) କାଜିରଙ୍ଗା
(B) ଭରତପୁର
(C) କର୍ନେଟ୍
(D) ସୁନ୍ଦରବନ
Answer
(B) ଭରତପୁର

25. 1983 ମସିହାରେ କେଉଁ ରାଜ୍ୟରେ ଆପ୍ଲିକେ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ ହେଲା ?
(A) କେରଳ
(B) ମଧ୍ୟପ୍ରଦେଶ
(C) କର୍ଣାଟକ
(D) ଉତ୍ତରପ୍ରଦେଶ
Answer
(C) କର୍ଣାଟକ

26. ଆସନ୍ତା ପ୍ରାୟ କେତେ ବର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପେଟ୍ରୋଲିୟମ୍ ସମ୍ପଦ ଶେଷ ହୋଇଯିବ ?
(A) 20
(C) 40
(B) 30
(D) 50
Answer
(D) 50

27. କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ଆକ୍ସିକୋ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
(A) 1980
(B) 1983
(C) 1984
(D) 1986
Answer
(B) 1983

28. ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟର କେଉଁ ଜିଲ୍ଲାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଭିତରକନିକା ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ରହିଛି ?
(A) ଜଗତ୍‌ସିଂହପୁର
(B) କଟକ
(C) କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା
(D) ବାଲେଶ୍ବର
Answer
(C) କେନ୍ଦ୍ରାପଡ଼ା

29. କେଉଁଟି ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଓ ଏକ ସଂରକ୍ଷିତ ଜୀବମଣ୍ଡଳ ଭାବରେ ଚିହ୍ନିତ ହୋଇଛି ?
(A) ଶିମିଳିପାଳ
(B) ଭିତରକନିକା
(C) ଚନ୍ଦକା
(D) ନଳବଣ
Answer
(A) ଶିମିଳିପାଳ

30. ପରିବ୍ରାଜୀ ବିଦେଶୀ ପକ୍ଷୀମାନଙ୍କ ସମାଗମ ପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି ଲାଭ କରିଛି ?
(A) ଚନ୍ଦକା
(B) ନଳବଣ
(C) ଭିତରକନିକା
(D) ଶିମିଳିପାଳ
Answer
(B) ନଳବଣ

31. କେଉଁଟି ତାପଜ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ କେନ୍ଦ୍ରରେ ଇନ୍ଧନ ଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ?
(A) କାଠ
(B) ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ୍
(C) କୋଇଲା
(D) ଡିଜେଲ୍
Answer
(C) କୋଇଲା

32. SO, କେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଜଳିବା ଦ୍ବାରା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
(A) ପେଟ୍ରୋଲିୟମ୍
(B) କାଠ
(C) ଘିଅ
(D) ପତ୍ର
Answer
(A) ପେଟ୍ରୋଲିୟମ୍

33. କେଉଁଟି ଏକ ଜୀବାଶ୍ମ ଇନ୍ଧନ ଅଟେ ?
(A) କାଠ,
(B) ଘିଅ
(C) କୋଇଲା
(D) ପତ୍ର
Answer
(C) କୋଇଲା

38. ରେଡ୍‌ଡାଟା ବୁକ୍‌ରେ କ’ଣ ଅଛି ?
(A) ବନ୍ୟଜନ୍ତୁ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ଆଇନ୍ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା
(B) ବନ୍ୟପ୍ରାଣୀ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣର ଉପାୟ
(C) ଜୈବବିବିଧତା ଆଇନ୍
(D) ବିପନ୍ନଜାତିମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ଚିଠା
Answer
(D) ବିପନ୍ନଜାତିମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ଚିଠା

1. ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସୁପରିଚାଳନା ଓ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କିପରି କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ, ସେ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ 3R ନୀତି ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।
ଊ-
(i) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ତଥା ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଏବଂ ସ୍ୱତଃସ୍ଫୁ ର୍ର ଯୋଗଦାନଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମେ ପରିବେଶର ସୁରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ସହ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସୁପରିଚାଳନା ଓ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ମଧ୍ୟ କରିପାରିବା ।।
(ii) ପରିବେଶ ତଥା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସମ୍ପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ତିନି ‘R’ ନୀତିକୁ ଏକ ମାଧ୍ୟମ ଭାବରେ ପରିଗଣିତ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
(iii) ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା- ସମ୍ବରଣ (Reduce), ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ (Recycle) ଓ ପୁନବ୍ୟବହାର (Reuse) ।

(A) ସମ୍ବରଣ :
(iv) ସମ୍ବରଣ ଅର୍ଥ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖ୍ କମ୍ ସମ୍ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ।
(v) ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ଆମେ ଆବଶ୍ୟକଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ସମ୍ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥାଉ ଓ ନଷ୍ଟ ମଧ୍ୟ କରିଥାଉ ।
(vi) ଆମେ ସଚେତନ ହେଲେ ଏହି ଅପଚୟକୁ ରୋକି ହେବ ।

(B) ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ :
(vii) ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଆମେ କିଛି ମାତ୍ରାରେ ବର୍ଜ୍ୟବସ୍ତୁକୁ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର
(viii) ପୁନଶ୍ଚକ୍ରଣ ଦ୍ୱାରା କଳକାରଖାନାର କଞ୍ଚାମାଲର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା କିଛିମାତ୍ରାରେ ମେଣ୍ଟାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
(ix) ସେହିପରି ଜୈବ ଆବର୍ଜନାକୁ ଆମେ କମ୍ପୋଷ୍ଟରେ ପରିଣତ କରି ବଗିଚାରେ ବା ଚାଷ ଜମିରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିପାରିବା ।

(C) ପୁନର୍ବ୍ଯବହାର :
(x) କୌଣସି ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ସବୁଠାରୁ ଉନ୍ନତ ଓ ପରିବେଶ ଅନୁକୂଳ ପଦ୍ଧତି । ବ୍ୟବହାରଯୋଗ୍ୟ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଥରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବା ପରେ ବର୍ଜନ ନକରି ବାରମ୍ବାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କଲେ ସେହି ପଦାର୍ଥର ଠିକ୍
ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

1. ସମତଳ ଆଳରେ ଛଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କିପରି କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ?
ଊ-
ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ନୂତନ ଜ୍ଞାନକୌଶଳ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଉଛି ।

• ମାଟି କିମ୍ବା କଂକ୍ରିଟ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଅଟଳବନ୍ଧ ବା ଆଡ଼ିବନ୍ଧ କରାଯାଇ ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ରଖାଯିବାଦ୍ୱାରା ଏହି ଜଳ ତଳକୁ ଗତିକରି ଭୂତଳ ଜଳସ୍ତରରେ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଥାଏ ।
• ଖାଲୁଆ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଏହି ଜଳ ଭୂପୃଷ୍ଠ ଜଳ ଅଟଳବନ୍ଧ ବା ଆଡ଼ିବନ୍ଧ କରାଯାଇ ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ରହୁଥ‌ିବା ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଖରାଦିନେ ଚାଷକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଜଳସ୍ତରରେ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିଥାଏ ।
• ଛାତ ଉପରେ ପଡୁଥ‌ିବା ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ବାଲିଶଯ୍ୟା ଥ‌ିବା କମ୍ ଗଭୀର ଗର୍ଭକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଲେ ଏହି ଜଳ ଭୂତଳ ଜଳସ୍ତର ସହିତ ମିଶିଥାଏ । ଏହା ବ୍ୟତୀତ ଟାଙ୍କି ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ସିଧାସଳଖ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କରି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।

2. ନିରନ୍ତର ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦ ପରିଚାଳନା ପାଇଁ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ପଦକ୍ଷେପଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ-

• ସାମାଜିକ ବନପ୍ରକଳ୍ପ ଦ୍ବାରା ବୃକ୍ଷରୋପଣ ଓ ଅଣଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଜମିରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରିବା ପାଇଁ ଫଳରେ ସ୍କୁଲ, କଲେଜ, ସରକାରୀ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ, ଫଳରେ ସ୍କୁଲ, କଲେଜ, ସରକାରୀ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ, ରାସ୍ତାକଡ଼ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ରେ ବୃକ୍ଷରୋପଣ କରାଯାଉଛି ।
• ଯୁଗ୍ମ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ପରିଚାଳନା ହାତକୁ ନିଆଯାଇ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ସ୍ଥାନୀୟ ଲୋକ ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଅଂଶୀଦାରମାନଙ୍କୁ ନେଇ ବୃକ୍ଷରୋପଣ, ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦ ସଂଗ୍ରହ ଓ ଶୁଳ୍କ ଆଦାୟ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସିଧାସଳଖ ଜଡ଼ିତ କରାଯାଇପାରୁଛି ।
• ଆଦିବାସୀ ଓ ଜଙ୍ଗଲତଳି ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବସବାସ କରୁ ଥ‌ିବା ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୁରକ୍ଷା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମରେ ସାମିଲ କରି ଓ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ପ୍ରାପ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ହାତକୁ ନିଆଯାଇଛି – ଯୁଗ୍ମ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ପରିଚାଳନା ଓ ସାମାଜିକ ପ୍ରକଳ୍ପ ।

3. ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ସୁରାରେ ବନବାସୀମାନଙ୍କର ଭୂମିକା ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।
ଊ-

• ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ପାଇଁ ବନବାସୀମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଗତାନୁ ଗତିକ ଭାବେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ ସୀମିତ ରଖୁବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରାଯାଉଛି ।
• ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଅଧିବାସୀମାନଙ୍କର ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ସାମାଜିକ ଓ ଦୈନନ୍ଦିନ ଜୀବନ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଦ୍ବାରା ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହେଉଥିବାରୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଆୟର ପନ୍ଥା ନ ଯୋଗାଇ ଜଙ୍ଗଲରେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରବେଶ ଓ ଜଙ୍ଗଲଜାତ ପଦାର୍ଥର ସଂଗ୍ରହ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲେ ବହୁ ଅସୁବିଧା ହେବ ।
• ତେଣୁ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ବିଭାଗ ବନବାସୀମାନଙ୍କୁ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦ ଭାଗୀଦାର ଭାବେ ବିବେଚନା କରି ଦୀର୍ଘମିଆଦୀ ସୂତ୍ରରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସମ୍ପଦର ସୁରକ୍ଷା କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।

4. ବୃହତ୍ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଯୋଜନାରେ କି କି ଅସୁବିଧା ରହିଛି ?
ଊ-

• ବଣ୍ଟନ ସମୟରେ କେନାଲ୍ ବନ୍ଧରେ ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ଘାଇ ସୃଷ୍ଟିହୋଇ ବହୁପରିମାଣର ଜଳ ନଷ୍ଟହୋଇ ସେହି ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ବନ୍ୟାସ୍ଥିତି ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରୁଛି ।
• ସେହିପରି କେତେକ କେନାଲ୍‌ରେ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ପରି ମାଣର ଜଳ ପ୍ରବାହ ହେଉନଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଲୋକମାନେ କେନାଲ ବନ୍ଧଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କାଟିଦେଇ ଜଳଭଣ୍ଡାର ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବାଦ୍ୱାରା ଯେଉଁସବୁ ଗାଁ ଓ ଜମି ଜଳାଏଁ ବ ହେଉଛି ସେଠାକାର ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ସେହିସ୍ଥାନ ଛାଡ଼ି ଅନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ୁଛି ।
• ଫଳରେ ବିସ୍ଥାପିତ ଲୋକମାନେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଘରଦ୍ୱାର, ଜମିବାଡ଼ି ଓ ବେପାରବଣିଜ ସବୁ ହରାଇ ନିଃସ୍ବ ହୋଇଯାଉଛନ୍ତି । ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଉଚିତ କ୍ଷତିପୂରଣ ଓ ଚାକିରି ନ ମିଳିବାଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରୀତିକର ସାମାଜିକ ତଥା ଅର୍ଥନୈକ ପରିସ୍ଥିତି ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଛି ।

1. 5R କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ? ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ-

• ପରିବେଶ ତଥା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସଂପଦର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ 3R ନୀତି ଏକ ମାଧ୍ୟମ ଅଟେ ।
• ଏହି 5R ନୀତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଉଛି – ସମ୍ବରଣ (Reduce) ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କ୍ରଣ (Recycle) ଓ ପୁନର୍ବ୍ଯବହାର (Reuse)

2. କେନାଲ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଜଳସମ୍ପଦର ବିକାଶ କିପରି କରାଯାଇଛି ?
ଊ-

• କେନାଲ ନିର୍ମାଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅନେକ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଳସେଚନ ଓ ପାନୀୟ ଜଳ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ହେଉଛି ।
  
• ମେରୁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ଜଳ ଯୋଗାଇବା ସମ୍ଭବ ତଥ ଜଳାଭାବଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ସୋଗାଇ ହେଉଛି ।

ଉଦାହରଣ : ଇନ୍ଦି ରାଗାନ୍ଧି କେନାଲ୍ ମେରୁଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ଜଳ ଯେ।ଗାଇବା ସମ୍ଭବ ମେରୁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ଜଳ ଯୋଗାଇବା ସମ୍ଭବ ହେଉଛି ।

3. ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଯୋଜନାର ଦୁଇଟି ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଅସୁବିଧା ଲେଖ ।
ଊ-

• ବୃହତ୍ ଜଳଭଣ୍ଡାର ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ଜମି ଜଳାର୍ଣ୍ଣବ ହୋଇ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ କ୍ଷୟ ଘଟୁଛି ।
• ପରିବେଶ କ୍ଷତି ଘଟିବାସହ ପରିସ୍ଥାନ ନଷ୍ଟହୋଇ ଜୈବ ବିବିଧତାର ଅପୂରଣୀୟ କ୍ଷତି ଘଟୁଛି ।

4. ଆଖିକୋ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-

• ଆଖିକୋର ଅର୍ଥ ମଧ୍ଯ କୁଣ୍ଢେଇ ଧରିବା । ଏହି ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ 1983 ମସିହାରେ କର୍ଣ୍ଣାଟକରେ ସୂତ୍ରପାତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।
• ଏହି ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନ କ୍ରମଶଃ ଦେଶର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ବ୍ୟାପିଲା ଓ ଲା କମା ନେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଅଞ୍ଚଳର ଜଙ୍ଗଳ ସୂଚ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଆଗରଙ୍କ ହେଲେ ।

5. ଭୂତଳ ଜଳସ୍ତର କମିବାର କାରଣ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-

• ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ଜନସଂଖ୍ୟା ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଯୋଗୁଁ କୃଷି ଓ ଶିଳ୍ପର ଅଭିବୃଦ୍ଧିର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ହେଉଅଛି । ଏଥ‌ିପାଇଁ ଅଧ‌ିରୁ ଅଧ୍ଵ ଜଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ନଳକୂପ ଓ ଉଠା ଜଳସେଚନ ଦ୍ବାରା ଭୂତଳ ଜଳର ଅତ୍ୟଧୂଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହେଉଛି ।
• ପାହାଡ଼ ଓ ପର୍ବତମାନଙ୍କରୁ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସଫା ହୋଇଯିବା ଦ୍ଵାରା ଭୂତଳକୁ ଜଳର ଗତି କମିଯିବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି ଓ ଭୂତଳ ଜଳର ପରିମାଣ ଦିନକୁ ଦିନ କମିବାରେ ଲାଗିଛି ।

6. ଭୂତଳ ଜଳସ୍ତରକୁ ସମୃଦ୍ଧ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଦୁଇଟି ଉପାୟ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ-

• ପାହାଡ଼ର ଗଡ଼ାଣିଆ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରି, ପଥର ଅଟକ ବନ୍ଧଦେଇ ଜଳପ୍ରବାହର କ୍ଷିପ୍ରଗତିକୁ କମାଇବା ଓ ଜଳର ଭୂତଳକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶର ମାତ୍ରା ବୃଦ୍ଧି କରିବା ଦ୍ବାରା ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ଭୂତଳ ଜଳଭାବେ ସଂରକ୍ଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଜଳଛାୟା ପରିଚାଳନ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
• ପାହାଡ଼ର ଶିଖରରୁ ପାଦଦେଶ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସ୍ଥାନେ ସ୍ଥାନେ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ପଥର ବନ୍ଧ ନିର୍ମାଣକରି ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ଆସ୍ତେ ଆସ୍ତେ ପାହାଡ଼ ତଳକୁ ଗତିକରିବ ଓ ତଳେ ପହଞ୍ଝାପାଇଁ ଜଳକୁ ଅଧିକ ସମୟ ଲାଗିବ । ଫଳରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାପ୍ତ ପରିମାଣ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟିବ ।

7. ଜଳଛାୟା ପରିଚାଳନା କ’ଣ ?
ଭ-
ପାହାଡ଼ର ଗଡ଼ାଣିଆ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରି, ପଥର ଅଟକ ବନ୍ଧଦେଇ ଜଳପ୍ରବାହର କ୍ଷିପ୍ରତାକୁ କମାଇବା ଓ ଜଳର ଭୂତଳକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶର ମାତ୍ରା ବୃଦ୍ଧି କରିବାଦ୍ୱାରା ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ଭୂତଳ ଜଳ ଭାବରେ ସଂରକ୍ଷିତ ହୋଇପାରିବ । ଏହି ପରିଚାଳନା ପାଇଁ ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ନିଆଯାଏ ।

8. କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଯୋଜନା କିପରି ଉପଯୋଗୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଉଦାହରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
ଭ-

• ବୃହତ୍ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତେ ଜଳସଞ୍ଚୟପାଇଁ ଆମକୁ ବିକଳ୍ପ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କରିବା ଦରକାର ।
• ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ ଜରିଆରେ ଅନେକ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଜଳସଞ୍ଚୟ ହୋଇପାରିଲେ ଏହା ସବୁ ସ୍ଥାନ କୁ ସମପରି ମାଣରେ ଉପଲବ୍‌ଧ ହୋଇପାରିବ ଓ ବଣ୍ଟନ ଜନିତ କ୍ଷୟ ତଥା ଅସୁବିଧା ଦୂର ହୋଇପାରିବ ।
• ଆମ ରାଜ୍ୟରେ ଏହିପରି ଅନେକ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ନଦୀବନ୍ଧ, ଯଥା- ଖଇଖାଇ (ମୟୁରଭଞ୍ଜ, ନରାଜ (କଟକ), ମୁଣ୍ଡୁଳି (ଆଠଗଡ଼) ଡେରାସ (ଭୁବନେଶ୍ଵର) ଓ ସାଳିଆ (ବାଣପୁର) ଆଦି ଜଳଯୋଗାଣ କରାଯାଇପାରୁଛି ।

9. ସମତଳ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଜଳ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ କିପରି କରାଯାଏ ?
ଭ-

• ନୂତନ ଜ୍ଞାନକୌଶଳର ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଉଛି ।
• ମାଟି କିମ୍ବା` କଂକ୍ରିଟ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଅଟକବନ୍ଧ ବା ଆଡ଼ିବନ୍ଧ କରାଯାଇ ବର୍ଷାଜଳକୁ ରଖାଯିବାଦ୍ୱାରା ଏହି ଜଳ ତଳକୁ ଗତି କରି ଭୂତଳ ଜଳ ସ୍ତରର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଘଟାଇ ପାରୁଛି ।

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions ଅଳଙ୍କାର Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Odia Grammar ଅଳଙ୍କାର

(A) ନିମ୍ନ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ଅଳଙ୍କାର କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି?
Answer:
ସାହିତ୍ୟକୁ ସରସ, ସୁନ୍ଦର ଓ ରମଣୀୟ କରିବାକୁ ଯେଉଁ ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟବର୍ଦ୍ଧକ ଉପାଦାନ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହୁଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଅଳଙ୍କାର କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 2.
ଅଳଙ୍କାର ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ କେତେ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ଓ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଅଳଙ୍କାର ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଦୁଇ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା— (୧) ଶବ୍ଦାଳଙ୍କାର, (୨) ଅର୍ଥାଳଙ୍କାର ।

Question 3.
ଶବ୍ଦାଳଙ୍କାର କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଶବ୍ଦ ସରସ, ସୁନ୍ଦର ଓ ଶ୍ରୁତିମଧୁର ହୁଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଶବ୍ଦାଳଙ୍କାର କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 4.
ଦୁଇଟି ଶବ୍ଦାଳଙ୍କାର ନାମ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଦୁଇଟି ଶବ୍ଦାଳଙ୍କାରର ନାମ ହେଲା– ଅନୁପ୍ରାସ, ଯମକ ।

Question 5.
ଅର୍ଥାଳଙ୍କାର କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଅର୍ଥ ରମଣୀୟ ଓ ଚିତ୍ତାକର୍ଷକ ହୁଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଅର୍ଥାଳଙ୍କାର କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 6.
ଦୁଇଟି ଅର୍ଥଳାଙ୍କାରର ନାମ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଉପମା, ରୂପକା

Question 7.
ପଦ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଏକ ବା ଏକାଧିକ ବ୍ୟଞ୍ଜନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବାରମ୍ବାର ଉଚ୍ଚାରିତ ହେଲେ କେଉଁ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ପଦ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଏକ ବା ଏକାଧିକ ବ୍ୟଞ୍ଜନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବାରମ୍ବାର ଉଚ୍ଚାରିତ ହେଲେ ଅନୁପ୍ରାସ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୁଏ ।

Question 8.
ଉକ୍ ଳ – କମଳା – ବିଳାସ – ଦାର୍ଘିକା
ପରାଳ – ମାଳିନୀ – ନାଳାମ୍ବୁ – ଚିଲିକା
ଏଠାରେ କେଉଁ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି ?
Answer:
ଏଠାରେ କେଉଁ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି

Question 9.
ଯମକ ଅଳଙ୍କାର କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଭିନ୍ନାର୍ଥବୋଧକ ଏକପ୍ରକାର ଶବ୍ଦର ବାରମ୍ବାର ଆବୃତ୍ତିକୁ ଯମକ ଅଳଙ୍କାର କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 10.
ଯମକ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ପ୍ରଧାନତଃ କେତେ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ଓ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଯମକ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ପ୍ରଧାନତଃ ପାଞ୍ଚ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା— (୧) ଆଦ୍ୟ ଯମକ (୨) ମଧ୍ଯ ଯମକ (୩) ପ୍ରାନ୍ତ ଯମକ (୪) ମାଳ ଯମକ (୫) ସର୍ବ ଯମକ ।

Question 11.
ବରଜୀବ ରସେ ଦେଇ ମାନସ
ବରଜି ବରଷେ ଅମେଧ୍ୟ ଗ୍ରାସ – ଏଠାରେ କେଉଁ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି
Answer:
ଯମକ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ।

Question 12.
ଶ୍ଳେଷ ଅଳଙ୍କାର କେଉଁଠାରେ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ଦୁଇବା ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧିକ ଭିନ୍ନାର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ସେଠାରେ ଶ୍ଳେଷ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୁଏ ।

Question 13.
ଶିଷ୍ଟପଦ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦ ଏକାଧିକ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାକୁ ଶ୍ଲିଷ୍ଟ ପଦ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 14.
ଶ୍ଳେଷ ଅଳଙ୍କାର କେତେ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ଓ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଶ୍ଳେଷ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ତିନି ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା— (୧) ଅଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ, (୨) ସଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ, (୩) ଭଙ୍ଗାଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ ।

Question 15.
ଅଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ଶବ୍ଦ ଅଖଣ୍ଡିତ ରହି ଏକାଧ୍ଵ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲେ, ତାକୁ ଅଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 16.
ସଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ଶବ୍ଦ ଖଣ୍ଡିତ ହୋଇ ଭିନ୍ନାର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାକୁ ସଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 17.
ଭଙ୍ଗାଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ଅଭଙ୍ଗ ଓ ସଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ ଉଭୟ ରହିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାକୁ ଭଙ୍ଗାଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 18.
ବାବୁ ନାକଶିରୀ ଦାନ ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ଯୋଷାକୁ,
ବିହର କାନନ କର ଆଲିଙ୍ଗନକୁ । -ଏଠାରେ କି ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି ?
Answer:
ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ପାଦରେ ଅଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ ଓ ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ପାଦରେ ସଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ ଥ‌ିବା ହେତୁ ଏହାକୁ ଭଙ୍ଗାଭଙ୍ଗ ଶ୍ଳେଷ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 19.
ଉପମେୟ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯାହାକୁ ତୁଳନା ଦିଆଯାଏ ତାହାକୁ ଉପମେୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 20.
ଉପମାନ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯାହା ସହିତ ତୁଳନା କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଉପମାନ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 21.
‘ମୁଖ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ପରି ସୁନ୍ଦର’ । – ଏଠାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଉପମେୟ ତଥା ଉପମାନକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
Answer:
ଏଠ।ରେ ‘ମୁଖ’ ଉପରେୟ ଏବଂ ‘ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର’ ଉପମାନା

Question 22.
ସାଧାରଣତଃ କାହାକୁ ଉପମାନ ଭାବେ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ସାଧାରଣତଃ ପ୍ରକୃତିର ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବିଭବ କିମ୍ବା ଅଧିକ ଗୁଣବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ବସ୍ତୁକୁ ଉପମାନ ଭାବେ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଏ ।

Question 23.
ସାଧାରଣ ଧର୍ମ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଉପମେୟ ଓ ଉପମାନକୁ ଯେଉଁ ସାଧାରଣ ଗୁଣ ହେତୁ ତୁଳନା କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ସାଧାରଣ ଧର୍ମ କହନ୍ତି ।

Question 24.
ଉପମାବାଚକ ପଦ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଉପମେୟ ଓ ଉପମାନ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ସାଧାରଣ ଧର୍ମକୁ ଯେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦ ସଂଯୋଗ କରେ ଅଥବା ସେମାନଙ୍କ ସାଦୃଶ୍ୟକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ଉପମାବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 25.
ଉପମାବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
Answer:
ପରି, ଯେହ୍ନେ, ଯଥା – ପ୍ରଭୃତି ଉପମାବାଚକ ପଦ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।

Question 26.
ଉପମା ଅଳଙ୍କାର କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉପମାନ, ଉପମେୟ ସମାନ ଧର୍ମ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ଓ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ସାଦୃଶ୍ୟ ପରି, ତୁଲ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଭୃତି ସାଧାରଣବୋଧକ ଶବ୍ଦଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଭିହିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତାକୁ ଉପମା ଅଳଙ୍କାର କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 27.
ଖଣ୍ଡ ଖଣ୍ଡ ଧଳମେଘ ସୁନୀଳ ଅମ୍ବରେ
ଭାସଇ ବୋଇତ ଯଥା ନୀଳ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ– ଏଠାରେ କି ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି ?
Answer:
ଏଠାରେ ଉପମା ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି ।

Question 28.
ମାଳୋପମା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଗୋଟିଏ ଉପମେୟ ପାଇଁ ଏକାଧ୍ୱ ଉପମାନର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା ଥିଲେ, ତାକୁ ମାଳୋପମା ଅଳଙ୍କାର କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 29.
ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେକ୍ଷା ଅଳଙ୍କାର କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରକୃତ ବସ୍ତୁରେ (ଉପମେୟରେ) ଅପ୍ରକୃତ ବସ୍ତୁ (ଉପମାନ)ର ସମ୍ଭାବନା ବା ତର୍କଣା କରାଗଲେ ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେକ୍ଷା ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୁଏ ।

Question 30.
ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେକ୍ଷାବାଚକ ପଦର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
Answer:
କି, ଅବା, କିବା, ସତେ ପ୍ରଭୃତି ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେକ୍ଷାବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।

Question 31.
ତ୍ତତ୍ପ୍ରେକ୍ଷାଚାଚକ ପଦର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଆ
ନୀରଭେଦି କିବା ଉଠେ ଐରାବତ ।– ଏଠାରେ କି ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି ?
Answer:
ଏଠାରେ ଉକ୍ଷା ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି ।

Question 32.
ରୂପକ ଅଳଙ୍କାର କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଉପମାନ ଓ ଉପମେୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଅଭେଦ କଳ୍ପିତ|କଥ୍ତ ହେଲେ ଏବଂ ଉପମେୟରେ ଉପମାନର ଆରୋପ ହେଲେ ରୂପକ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୁଏ ।

Question 33.
ଉପମାଳଙ୍କାର ଓ ରୂପକାଳଙ୍କାର ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ କ’ଣ?
Answer:
ଉପମ୍ଭାଳଙ୍କାରରେ ଉପମାନ ଓ ଉପମେୟ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଅଭେଦ କଳ୍ପନା କରାଯାଇଥାଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ ରୂପକାଳଙ୍କାରରେ ’

Question 34.
କଳୁଷ ପଙ୍କ ମୁହଁ କେଡ଼େ ମିଳନ,
କେମନ୍ତେ ସରି ତୋର ହେବି ନଳିନ ! – ଏଠାରେ କେଉଁ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି ?
Answer:
ଏଠାରେ ରୂପକ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି।

Question 35.
‘ଜାତି ପ୍ରେମବହ୍ନି ପ୍ରଜ୍ବଳିତ କର’– ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ କେଉଁ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ପ୍ରଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଛି ?
Answer:
ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ରୂପକ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ପ୍ରଯୁକ୍ତ ।

Question 36.
ପ୍ରଚେତା ପ୍ରବାଳ ପ୍ରାସାଦର ରୁଚି,
ନୀଳ ନୀରୁ ଅବା ଫୁଟି ବାହାରୁଚି ।
ଏଠାରେ କେଉଁ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି ?
Answer:
ଏଠାରେ ଉକ୍ଷା ଅଳଙ୍କାର ରହିଛି ।

Question 37.
ଦେଖି ନବକାଳିକା ଚ୍କାଲିକା ମାଳିକା
ଆଳି କାଳିକା କାନ୍ତ ସ୍ମରି ।
ଏଠାରେ କେଉଁ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ଅଛି ?
Answer:
ଏଠାରେ ଅନୁପ୍ରାସ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ହୋଇଛି ।

Question 38.
କୀର୍ତ୍ତି ସଉରଭ ଗଲା ଦିଗେ ଦିଗେ ଭାସି – ଏଠାରେ କିଏ ଉପମାନ ଓ କିଏ ଉପମେୟ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
Answer:
ଏଠାରେ ଉପମାନ ସଉରଭ ଓ କୀର୍ତ୍ତି ଉପମେୟ ଅଟେ ।

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions ଛନ୍ଦ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Odia Grammar ଛନ୍ଦ

(A) ନିମ୍ନ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ

Question 1.
ଛନ୍ଦ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ପଦ୍ୟ ବା କବିତା ରଚନାରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ନିୟମ ବା ଶୈଳୀକୁ ଛନ୍ଦ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 2.
ଛାନ୍ଦ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ପଦ୍ୟ ବା କବିତାକୁ ଛାନ୍ଦ କହନ୍ତି ।

Question 3.
ଛନ୍ଦ କେତେଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ଓ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଛନ୍ଦ ଦୁଇଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା- (୧) ମିତ୍ରାକ୍ଷର (୨) ଅମିତ୍ରାକ୍ଷର ।

Question 4.
ମିତ୍ରାକ୍ଷର ଛନ୍ଦ କେତେ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ଓ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ମିତ୍ରାକ୍ଷର ଛନ୍ଦ ତିନି ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା (କ) ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମିତ୍ରାକ୍ଷର, (ଖ) ଅପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମିତ୍ରାକ୍ଷର, (ଗ) ଏକାନ୍ତର ମିତ୍ରାକ୍ଷର ।

Question 5.
ପଦ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଯେକୌଣସି କବିତା କେତେଗୁଡ଼ିଏ ପଦରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ।

Question 6.
ମଙ୍ଗଳେ ଅଇଲା ଉଷା ପ୍ରିଚକ ରାଜାବ ଦୃଶା
ଜାନକୀ ଦର୍ଶନ ତୃଷ୍ଣା ହୃଦୟେ ବହି,
କରିପଲ୍ଲବେ ନାହାର ମୁକ୍ତାଧରି ଉପହାର
ସତୀଙ୍କ ବାସ-ବାହାର ପ୍ରାଙ୍ଗଣେ ରହି,
କଳକଶୃ କଣ୍ଢେ କହିଲା,
ଦରଶନ ଦିଅ ସତି, ରାତି ପାହିଲା । – ଏହା କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଏହା ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 7.
ପାଦ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ପଦର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପଙ୍କ୍ତିକୁ ପାଦ କହନ୍ତି।

Question 8.
ପ୍ରତିଟି ପଦରେ କେତୋଟି ପାଦ ଥାଏ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରତିଟି ପଦରେ ଦୁଇ ବା ତତୋଽଧ୍ଵକ ପାଦ ଥାଏ ।

Question 9.
ଯତି କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଛନ୍ଦର ନିୟମ ଅନୁସାରେ ରଚିତ ହୋଇଥିବା ପଦ୍ୟକୁ ଗାନ ବା ଆବୃତ୍ତି କଲାବେଳେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପାଦର ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ବିଶ୍ରାମ ନେବାକୁ ହୁଏ । ଏହି ବିଶ୍ରାମ ବା ଶ୍ଵାସଘାତକୁ ଯଦି ବା ଯତିପାତ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 10.
ଦାଣ୍ଡିବୃତ୍ତର ପାଦ ସଂଖ୍ୟା କେତେ?
Answer:
ଦାଣ୍ଡିବୃତ୍ତର ପାଦ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଦୁଇ ।

Question 11.
ଦାଣ୍ଡିବୃତ୍ତର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦରେ କେତୋଟି ଲେଖାଏଁ ଅକ୍ଷର ଥାଏ ?
Answer:
ଦାଣ୍ଡିବୃତ୍ତର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଅସମାନ ।

Question 12.
ଦାଣ୍ଡିବୃତ୍ତ ଛନ୍ଦର ଯତି କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଦାଣ୍ଡିବୃତ୍ତ ଛନ୍ଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବୋଲିଲାବେଳେ ସ୍ଵର ଲମ୍ବାଇ ନିଜ ସୁବିଧା ଅନୁସାରେ ବିଶ୍ରାମ ନିଏ ବା ଯତିପାତ କରେ ।

Question 13.
ସାରଳା ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ମହାଭାରତ’ କେଉଁ ବୃତ୍ତରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ସାରଳା ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ମହାଭାରତ’ ଦାଣ୍ଡି ବୃତ୍ତରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 14.
ବଳରାମ ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ଦାଣ୍ଡି ରାମାୟଣ’ କେଉଁ ବୃତ୍ତରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ବଳରାମ ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ଦାଣ୍ଡି ରାମାୟଣ’ ଦାଣ୍ଡିବୃତ୍ତରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 15.
ଚୈତନ୍ୟ ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ବିଷ୍ଣୁଗର୍ଭ ପୁରାଣ’ କେଉଁ ବୃତ୍ତରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଚୈତନ୍ୟ ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ବିଷ୍ଣୁଗର୍ଭ ପୁରାଣ’ ଦାଣ୍ଡି ବୃତ୍ତରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 16.
‘ଏଥୁ ଅନନ୍ତରେ ଗୋ ପାର୍ବତୀ ଦେବୀ ଶୁଣ ମାଲ୍ୟବନ୍ତ ପର୍ବତେ ରହିଲେ ରଘୁରାଣ ।’- ଏହି ପଦଟି କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଏହି ପଦଟି ଦାଣ୍ଡି ବୃତ୍ତରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 17.
ଭାଗବତବାଣୀ/ଗୁଜରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ କେତୋଟି ପାଦରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପଦ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଭାଗବତବାଣୀ/ଗୁଜ୍ଜରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ଦୁଇଟି ପାଦରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପଦ ହୁଏ ।

Question 18.
ଗୁଜରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା କେତେ ?
Answer:
ଗୁଜରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ‘ନଅ’ ।

Question 19.
ଭାଗବତବାଣୀ / ଗୁଜରୀ ଛନ୍ଦକୁ ଆଉ କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଭାଗବତବାଣୀ/ଗୁଜରୀ ଛନ୍ଦକୁ ନବାକ୍ଷରୀବୃତ୍ତ ବା ନବାକ୍ଷରୀ ଛନ୍ଦ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 20.
ଗୁଜରୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଗୁଜରୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ତୃତୀୟ, ପଞ୍ଚମ ଶେଷ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ।

Question 21.
ଅମୃତ ‘ବିନୟ’ ବଚନ’ । କହି ତୋ’ଷିବ ‘ପ୍ରାଣୀମନ’ – ଏହି ପଦଟି କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଏହି ପଦଟି ଗୁଜରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 22.
ନଟବାଣୀ / ବିଭାସକେଦାର ଛନ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରତି ପଦରେ କେତୋଟି ପାଦ ଥାଏ ?
Answer:
ନଟମାଶା / ବିଭାସକେବାର ଛନ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରତି ପଦରେ ଦୁଇଟି ପାଦ ଆଏ?

Question 23.
ନଟବାଣୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା କେତେ ?
Answer:
ନଟବାଣୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବାର ।

Question 24.
ନଟବାଣୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରତି ପାଦରେ କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ନଣବାଣୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ତୃତୀୟ, ଷଷ୍ଠ, ନବମ ଏବଂ ଶେଷ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ।

Question 25.
ଉତ୍କଳ’-କମଳା’-ବିଳାସ’ – ଦୀର୍ଘକା’ ।.
ମରାଳ’ –ମାଳିନୀ’ -ନୀଳାମ୍ବୁ’-ଚିଲିକା’ । (ଏହା କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?)
Answer:
ଏହି ପଦଟି ବିଭାସକେଦାର ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 26.
ରାମକେରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରତି ପଦରେ କେତୋଟି ପାଦ ଥାଏ ?
Answer:
ରାମକେରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରତି ପଦରେ ଦୁଇଟି ପାଦ ଥାଏ ।

Question 27.
ରାମକେରା ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା କେତେ?
Answer:
ରାମକେରୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ୧୬ ।

Question 28.
ରାମକେରୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ରାମକେରୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ନବମ, ଏକାଦଶ ଓ ଷୋଡ଼ଶ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ।

Question 29.
କଲାକଳେବର କହ୍ନାଇ ସଙ୍ଗେ ରୋହିଣୀ ସୁତ କରନ୍ତି ମଥୁରା ବିଜୟେ ଦାଣ୍ଡେ ଦେଖ ସଙ୍ଗାତ । –ଏହା କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଏହା ରାମକେରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 30.
ବଙ୍ଗଳାଶ୍ରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରତି ପଦରେ କେତୋଟି ପାଦ ଥାଏ ?
Answer:
ବଙ୍ଗଳାଶ୍ରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ପ୍ରତି ପଦରେ ଦୁଇଟି ପାଦ ଥାଏ ।

Question 31.
ବଙ୍ଗଳାଶ୍ରୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା କେତେ ?
Answer:
ବଙ୍ଗଳାଶ୍ରୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା କୋଡ଼ିଏ ।

Question 32.
ବଙ୍ଗଳାଶ୍ରୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ବଙ୍ଗଳାଶ୍ରୀ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରତି ପାଦର ଷଷ୍ଠ, ଦ୍ଵାଦଶ, ଅଷ୍ଟାଦଶ ଓ ଶେଷ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ।

Question 33.
ମାଆ ମାଆ ବୋଲି କେତେ ମୁଁ ଖୋଜିଲି
ମାଆକୁ ପାଇଲି ନାହିଁ ।
ଭାଇ ଭାଇ ବୋଲି କେତେ ମୁଁ ଡାକିଲି
ନ ଦେଲେ ଉତ୍ତର କେହି ।
ଏହା କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଏହା ବଙ୍ଗଳାଶ୍ରୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 34.
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦରେ କେତୋଟି ପାଦରେ ଏକପଦ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଶ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ଚାରି ପାଦରେ ଏକପଦ ହୁଏ।

Question 35.
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରଥମ, ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ଓ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା କେତେ ?
Answer:
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରଥମ, ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ଓ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଚଉଦ ।

Question 36.
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦର ତୃତୀୟ ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା କେତେ?
Answer:
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦର ତୃତୀୟ ପାଦର ଅକ୍ଷର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଆଠ ।

Question 37.
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦର ତୃତୀୟ ପାଦର କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦର ତୃତୀୟ ପାଦର ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ, ଷଷ୍ଠ ଓ ଶେଷ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ।

Question 38.
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରଥମ, ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟ ଓ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ପାଦର କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରଥମ, ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟ ଓ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ପାଦର ଅଷ୍ଟମ, ଏକାଦଶ ଓ ଶେଷ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ

Question 39.
‘ହେ ଆନନ୍ଦମୟ କୋଟି ଭୁବନପାଳକ
ଅଧମ ଅକ୍ଷମ ମୁହିଁ ଅବୋଧ ବାଳକ
ଜ୍ଞାନ ଦାତା ଭଗବାନ
ଦିଅ ମୋତେ ଶୁଭ ବୁଦ୍ଧି ଦିଅ ଦିବ୍ୟ ଜ୍ଞାନ ।’ –ଏହା କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଏହା ଶଙ୍କରାଭରଣ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 40.
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ଗୋଟିଏ ପଦ କେତେ ପାଦ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ?
Answer:
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ଗୋଟିଏ ପଦ ଚାରିପାଦ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଅଟେ ।

Question 41.
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରଥମ ଓ ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ପାଦ କେତେ ଅକ୍ଷର ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ
Answer:
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ପ୍ରଥମ ଓ ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ପାଦ ଅଣତିରିଶ ଅକ୍ଷରବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ।

Question 42.
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ୩ୟ ପାଦ କେତେ ଅକ୍ଷର ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ?
Answer:
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ୩ୟ ପାଦ ନଅ ଅକ୍ଷର ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ।

Question 43.
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ୪ର୍ଥ ପାଦ କେତେ ଅକ୍ଷର ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ?
Answer:
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ୪ର୍ଥ ପାଦ ତେର ଅକ୍ଷର ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ।

Question 44.
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ଚତୁର୍ଥ ପାଦରେ କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଚୋଖ୍ ଛନ୍ଦର ଚତୁର୍ଥ ପାଦରେ ଷଷ୍ଠ, ଅଷ୍ଟମ ଓ ଶେଷ ଅକ୍ଷର ଉପରେ ଯତିପାତ ହୁଏ ।

Question 45.
ଜଗନ୍ନାଥ ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ଭାଗବତ’ କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଜଗନ୍ନାଥ ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ଭାଗବତ’ ଗୁର୍ଜରା ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ।

Question 46.
କ୍ଷମାସାଗର ପୀତବାସ । କ୍ଷମିଲେ ବଳରାମ ଦାସ ।। ଏହା କେଉଁ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଏହା ଭାଗବତବାଣୀ ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ।

Question 47.
ଟୋପି ଟୋପି ଗୋପୀଚନ୍ଦନ ମଣ୍ଡିଛନ୍ତି କି ସଜେ,
ଟେକିବାରେ ଚାହାଁ ମଥୁରା ଦାଣ୍ଡେ ଗୋବିନ୍ଦ ବିଜେ ।
ଏହା କେଉଁ ଛାନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ ?
Answer:
ଏହା ରାମକେରା ଛନ୍ଦରେ ରଚିତ।

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions ଲୋକବାଣୀ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Odia Grammar ଲୋକବାଣୀ

(A ) ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ଲୋକବାଣୀ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଲୋକମୁଖରେ ଯୁଗଯୁଗ ଧରି ଚଳି ଆସୁଥ‌ିବା ଏବଂ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ବିଶେଷ ଭକ୍ତିଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ‘ଲୋକବାଣୀ’ ବା ‘ଲୋକୋକ୍ତି’ କହନ୍ତି।

Question 2.
ଆମ ଭାଷାରେ ଏହି ଲୋକବାଣୀଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଆଉ କ’ଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଆମ ଭାଷାରେ ଏହି ଲୋକବାଣୀଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରବାଦ ଓ ପ୍ରବଚନ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

(B) ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ଲୋକବାଣୀଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଭାବ ସମ୍ପ୍ରସାରଣ କର ।

Question 1.
ଅକାଳେ ନିୟମ ନାସ୍ତି ।
ଅସୁବିଧା ସମୟରେ ନିୟମ ମାନି ଚଳିବା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇ ନ ପାରେ ।

Question 2.
ଅଣ୍ଟିଛୁରୀ ତଣ୍ଟି କାଟେ ।
Answer:
ଆତ୍ମୀୟ ଲୋକ ଶତ୍ରୁତା ଆଚରଣ କରିବା ।

Question 3.
ଅନ୍ଧ ଦେଶେ ଗଲି ଦର୍ପଣ ବିକି ।
Answer:
ମୂର୍ଖଙ୍କ ଆଗରେ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵ କଥା କହିବା ।

Question 4.
ଅଧର୍ମ ବିତ୍ତ ବଢ଼େଇ ବହୁତ ଗଲାବେଳେ ଯାଏ ମୂଳ ସହିତ ।
Answer:
ପାପ ଅର୍ଜିତ ଧନ ସମୂଳେ ନଷ୍ଟ ହୁଏ

Question 5.
ଅଦା ବେପାରୀର ଜାହାଜ ମୂଲ ।
Answer:
ଅନଧ୍କାର ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା

Question 6.
ଅନ୍ଧ ଥରେ ବାଡ଼ି ହଜାଏ ।
Answer:
ଅଭିଜ୍ଞତାରୁ ସତର୍କ ହେବା ।

Question 7.
ଆଲୋ ସଖ୍ୟ, ଆପଣା ମହତ ଆପେ ରଖ୍ ।
Answer:
ନିଜ ସମ୍ମାନ ନିଜ ହାତରେ ।

Question 8.
ଆଲ୍ଲା ଦିଅନ୍ତି ତ ଛପରଫାଡ଼ି ଦିଅନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଈଶ୍ବର ଦୟାକଲେ ଆଶାତୀତ ଫଳ ମିଳେ ।

Question 9.
ଆପଣା ଶିଙ୍ଗରେ ଭୂଇଁ ତାଡ଼ିବା ।
Answer:
ନିଜେ ସମର୍ଥ ହେବା ।

Question 10.
ଉଡ଼ିଗଲା ଚଢ଼େଇର ପର ଗଣିବା ।
Answer:
ଅତି ବୁଦ୍ଧିଆ ।

Question 11.
ଋଷି ଜଟା ଛିଣ୍ଡାଇବା ।
Answer:
ଧୌର୍ଯ୍ୟବାନ୍ ଚ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ କ୍ରୋଧ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବା।

Question 12.
ଏ ମନ ଖୋଜୁଥାଏ ଯାହା କାଳେ ପ୍ରାପତ ହୁଏ ତାହା ।
Answer:
ସମୟ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ମନ ଅନୁସାରେ ଫଳ ମିଳିବା !

Question 13.
କଷ୍ଟ କଲେ କୃଷ୍ଣ ମିଳେ ।
Answer:
ସବୁ ସିଦ୍ଧିର ମୂଳ ହିଁ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ ।

Question 14.
କଙ୍କଡ଼ାକୁ ଗୋଳିପାଣି ସୁହାଏ ।
Answer:
ଅସାଧୁ ଲୋକ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଳମାଳିଆ ପରିସ୍ଥିତି ସହାୟକ ହୁଏ ।

Question 15.
କୂପ ମଣ୍ଡୁକ ।
Answer:
ସଙ୍କୁଚିତ ପରିବେଶରେ ବଢ଼ିଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ।

Question 16.
କୋପେ ବର ନ ହେଲେ ତପେ ବର ।
Answer:
ଯେ କୌଣସି ଉପାୟରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହାସଲ କରିବା ।

Question 17.
ଖଜୁରି ଗଛର କି ଗୁଣ ଗାଇବି ।
Answer:
କୌଣସି ଲୋକର ପ୍ରତିଟି କର୍ମ ମୂଳରୁ ଖରାପ ।

Question 18.
ଖୋଳ ପର୍ବତ ମାର ମୂଷା ।
Answer:
ଅନସ୍କାର ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା ।

Question 19.
ଗୁଣ ଚିହ୍ନେ ଗୁଣିଆ, ସୁନା ଚିହ୍ନେ ଗଣିଆ ।
Answer:
ଗୁଣୀ ଗୁଣର ଆଦର କରେ ।

Question 20.
ଘୁଷୁରିକି ପାଚିଲା କଦଳୀ ।
Answer:
ଇତର ବା ଅଯୋଗ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ ଉନ୍ନତ ପରିଚର୍ଯ୍ୟା ।

Question 21.
ଚାଷ ତରତର ବଣିଜ ମଠ ।
Answer:
ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟରେ ସମ୍ପ୍।ଦନା କରିବା ।

Question 22.
ଜାନ୍ ଯାଉ ମାନ୍ ଥାଉ ।
Answer:
ସମ୍ମାନ ବା ଇଜ୍ଜତ୍ ଜୀବନଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ।

Question 23.
ଜୋର ଯା’ର ମୁଲକ୍ ତା’ର ।
Answer:
ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ହିଁ ପ୍ରଭୁତ୍ୱ ବିସ୍ତାର କରେ ।

Question 24.
ତୁଣ୍ଡ ବାଇଦ ସହସ୍ର କୋଶ ।
Answer:
ଲୋକମୁଖରେ କଥା ବହୁଦୂର ପ୍ରସରିଯାଏ ।

Question 25.
ତେଲିଆ ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ତେଲ ।
Answer:
ଦରିଦ୍ରକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ନକରି ସ୍ୱଚ୍ଛଳ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା ।

(C) ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂତ ଭାବ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ଲୋକବାଣୀଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଭିନ୍ନ ଚଳଣି ।
Answer:
ବେଶକେ ଫାଙ୍କ ନଈକେ ବାଙ୍କ୍।

Question 2.
ଗୁଣବତା ମାଆଠାରୁ କୁପୁତ୍ର ଜନ୍ମା
Answer:
ଧାନ ପେଟରୁ ବାଳୁଙ୍ଗା ଜାତ ।

Question 3.
ବୃଥା ପରିଶ୍ରମ ।
Answer:
ନଈ ସୁଅକୁ ବାଲିବନ୍ଧ ।

Question 4.
ଅସମ୍ଭବ କଥା କହିବା ।
Answer:
ନ ଦେଖିଲା ଓଉ ଛ’ଫଡ଼ା ।

Question 5.
କିଛି ନ ଥୁବା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ସାମାନ୍ୟ ଥ‌ିବା ଭଲ ।
Answer:
ନାହିଁ ମାମୁଠାରୁ କଣାମାମୁ ଭଲ ।

Question 6.
ଅନ୍ୟାୟ ଉପାୟରେ ଅର୍ଜିତ ଧନ ଅଯଥାରେ ନଷ୍ଟ ହୁଏ ।
Answer:
ପାପଧନ ପ୍ରାୟଶ୍ଚିତ୍ତରେ ଯାଏ।

Question 8.
ବସିବାଠାରୁ କାଶିବା ଭଲ । ଆଳସ୍ୟ ସର୍ବନାଶ କରେ ।
Answer:
ବସି ଖାଇଲେ ନଈବାଲି ସରେ ।

Question 9.
ଶତ୍ରୁର ସୁବିଧା ବିପଦର କାରଣ ।
Answer:
ବକର ବେକ ବଢ଼ିଲେ ମୀନର ବିପତ୍ତି ।

Question 10.
ସ୍ଵାର୍ଥସାଧନ ପରେ ଆଗ୍ରହ କମିଯିବା ।
ଢ-
ବାହା ସରିଲେ ବେଦୀମୁହଁ ପୋଡ଼ା ।

Question 11.
ଅଧ୍ୟବସାୟ ସଫଳତାର ଚାବିକାଠି ।
Answer:
ଯତ୍ନ କଲେ ରତ୍ନ ମିଳେ ।

Question 12.
ଯେତେ ଘୋଡ଼ାଇଲେ ବି ଦୋଷ ଧରାପଡ଼େ ।
Answer:
ଲୁଚିଛି ନା ଗୋଡ଼ ଦିଇଟା ଦିଶୁଛି ।

Question 13.
କର୍ମକୁଣ୍ଠ ଲୋକ ଜୀବନରେ ହାରିଯାଏ ।
Answer:
ଶୋଇଲା ପୁଅର ଭାଗ ନାହିଁ

Question 14.
ଗୁପ୍ତକଥା ପ୍ରଘଟ କରିବା ।
Answer:
ସଭାରେ ହାଣ୍ଡି ଭାଙ୍ଗିବା ।

Question 15.
ଅସୁବିଧା ପରିସ୍ଥିତିର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହେବା ।
Answer:
ଅଠାକାଠିରେ ପଡ଼ିବା ।

Question 16.
ନିକମା ଲୋକର ବୃଥା ଆସ୍ଫାଳନ ।
Answer:
ଅଳସୁଆର ବାରବାଟା ଚାଷା

Question 17.
ସାମାନ୍ୟ ଖରାପ ଅନେକ ଭଲକୁ ନଷ୍ଟକରେ ।
Answer:
ଅମୃତ ହାଣ୍ଡିରେ ବିଷ କଣିକାଏ ।

Question 18.
ଜିନିଷ ହାତକୁ ଆସିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଉପଯୋଗ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ।
Answer:
ଆଗତ ଚଢ଼େଇକି ବେସର ବଟା ।

Question 19.
ଅସମ୍ଭବ କଥା କଳ୍ପନା କରିବା ।
Answer:
ଆକାଶ କଇଁଆ ଚିଲିକା ମାଛ ।

Question 20.
କୌଣସି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତମରୂପେ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରି ନ ପାରିବା ।
Answer:
ଆଖୁ କିଆରିରେ ପଶିବା ।

Question 21.
ବାହାର ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଥାଇ ଭିତରେ ଶୂନ୍ୟତା ।
Answer:
ଉପର ଚିକ୍‌କଣ ଭିତର ଫମ୍ପା ।

Question 22.
ଦୁର୍ଯୋଗ କେବଳ ଥରେ ଆସେ ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ଏକା ମାଘକେ ଶୀତ ଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।

Question 23.
ଅଧ୍ଵ ଆଶା କରୁଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ଅଳ୍ପ ମିଳିବା ।
Answer:
ଓଟ ମୁହଁରେ ଜିରା ।

Question 24.
ଦୃଢ଼ ବଚନ ।
Answer:
କବି ତୁଣ୍ଡ ମେଣ୍ଢାମୁଣ୍ଡ ।

Question 25.
ଜଣକର ଲାଭବେଳେ ଅନ୍ୟ ଜଣଙ୍କର କ୍ଷତି ।
Answer:
କାହାର ପୁଷ ମାସ, କାହାର ସର୍ବନାଶ ।

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions ସାଧାରଣ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Odia Grammar ସାଧାରଣ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି

(A) ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧ କରି ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ସମ୍ବଲପୁରର ଶୀତଳଷଷ୍ଠୀ ଯାତ୍ରା ଦେଖିବାକୁ ବହୁତ ଲୋକମାନେ ଆସିଥିଲେ ।
Answer:

Question 2.
ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀଙ୍କ ସଭାରେ ଆବାଳବୃଦ୍ଧବନିତାଗଣ ଯୋଗ ଦେଇଥିଲେ ।
Answer:
ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀଙ୍କ ସଭାରେ ଆବାଳବୃଦ୍ଧବନିତା ଯୋଗ ଦେଇଥିଲେ ।

Question 3.
ମୁଁ ତୁମର ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ କାମନା କରୁଛି ।
Answer:
ମୁଁ ତୁମର ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ କାମନା କରୁଛି ।

Question 4.
ସବୁ କବିମାନେ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନାରେ ସିଦ୍ଧହସ୍ତ ।
Answer:
ସବୁ କବି ପ୍ରକୃତି ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନାରେ ସିଦ୍ଧହସ୍ତ ।

Question 5.
ଶିକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରୀ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଛାତ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିଲେ ।
Answer:
ଶିକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରୀ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଛାତ୍ରକୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିଲେ ।

Question 6.
କୋଲକାତା ଭାରତର ବୃହତମ ନଗରୀ ।
Answer:
କୋଲକାତା ଭାରତର ବୃହତ୍ତମ ନଗରୀ ।

Question 7.
ପିଲାଟି ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲା ।
Answer:
ପିଲାଟି ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲା ।

Question 8.
ଅନନ୍ୟା ସାଷ୍ମାଷିକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ହେଲା ।
Answer:
ଅନନ୍ୟା ଷାକ୍ଲାସିକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ହେଲା ।

Question ୨.
ସର୍କସର ବାଘଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହୃଷ୍ଟପୃଷ୍ଠ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ସର୍କସର ବାଘଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହୃଷ୍ଟପୃଷ୍ଠ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି ।

Question 10.
ସେ ସପରିବାର ସହିତ ଭୋଜି ଖାଇ ଯାଇଥିଲେ ।
Answer:
ସେ ସପରିବାର ଭୋଜି ଖାଇ ଯାଇଥିଲେ ।

Question 11.
ମୂଷା ଗଣେଷଙ୍କ ବାହାନ ଅଟେ ।
Answer:
ମୂଷା ଗଣେଶଙ୍କ ବାହନ ଅଟେ ।

Question 12.
ମାନଚିତ୍ର ପଠନଦ୍ୱାରା ଭୌଗଳିକ ଜ୍ଞାନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ହୁଏ ।
Answer:
ମାନଚିତ୍ର ପଠନଦ୍ୱାରା ଭୌଗୋଳିକ ଜ୍ଞାନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ହୁଏ ।

Question 13.
ଗିରିଶବାବୁ ଭୁବନେଶ୍ବରରୁ ଦୃତଗାମୀ ବସ୍‌ରେ କୋରାପୁଟ ଗଲେ ।
Answer:
ଗିରୀଶବାବୁ ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱରରୁ ଦ୍ରୁତଗାମୀ ବସ୍‌ରେ କୋରାପୁଟ ଗଲେ ।

Question 14.
ରବିନ୍ଦ୍ର ଦୌଡ଼ ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗୀତାରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ହେଲା ।
Answer:
ରବୀନ୍ଦ୍ର ଦୌଡ଼ ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତାରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ହେଲା ।

(B) ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶାନୁସାରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ପଦର ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଲୋକ

Question 2.
ଆଧ୍ୟାକ୍ୟତା – ଶବ୍ଦଟିର ଶୁଦ୍ଧରୂପ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଆଧ‌ିକ୍ୟ

Question 3.
ଏହାକୁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧ କରି ଲେଖେ କ’ଣ ହେବ ?
Answer:
ଜନତାର

Question 4.
ବିଷଣ୍ଢ – ଶବ୍ଦଟିକୁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧ କରି ଲେଖୁଲେ କ’ଣ ହେବ ?
Answer:
ବିଷଣ୍ଣ

Question 5.
ଦୂରାବସ୍ତା ଶବ୍ଦର ଶୁଦ୍ଧରୂପ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଦୁରବସ୍ଥା

Question 6.
ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟପରାଗ – ଶବ୍ଦଟିକୁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧ କରି ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟୋପରାଗ

Question 7.
ଉଜ୍ୱଳମୟ – ଶବ୍ଦଟିର ଶୁଦ୍ଧରୂପ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳ,

Question 8.
ଅନୁସୂୟା – ଶବ୍ଦଟିର ଶୁଦ୍ଧରୂପ କ’ଣ ହେବ ?
Answer:
ଅନସୂୟା

Question 9.
ଅନୁବାଦିତ – ଶୁଦ୍ଧ କରି ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଅନୂଦିତ

Question 10.
ଗୋଲକବିହାରି – ଶବ୍ଦଟିର ଶୁଦ୍ଧରୂପ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଗୋଲୋକବିହାରୀ

Question 11.
ଯାତାୟତ – ଶବ୍ଦଟିର ଶୁଦ୍ଧରୂପ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଯାତାୟାତ

Question 12.
ଶିକ୍ଷୟତ୍ରୀ – ଶବ୍ଦଟିକୁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧ କରି ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଶିକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରୀ

1. ଗୋଟିଏ ପିମ୍ପୁଡ଼ିଟିଏ :

ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ
ଗୋଟିଏ ପିମ୍ପୁଡ଼ିଟିଏ	ଗୋଟିଏ ଶିମୁଡି/ପିମ୍ପୁଡିଟିଏ
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଲେ।କମାନେ	ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଲୋକ/ଲୋକମାନେ
ସବୁଛାର୍ତ୍ରୀମାନେ	ସରୁଛ।ତ୍ର / ଛାତ୍ରମାନେ
ସବୁ ବହିଗୁଡ଼ିକ	ସରୁବବିହି / ବହିଗୁଡ଼ିକ
ଜନତାମାନଙ୍କର	ଜନତାର

2. ଲିଙ୍ଗଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି :

ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ
ସୁକେଶିନା	ସୁକେଶା
ବୈଶ୍ୟା	ବୈଶ୍ୟା

3. ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଓ ବିଶେଷଣଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି :

ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ
ଆଧ୍ କ୍ୟତା	ଆଧ୍ କ୍ୟ
ଉତ୍କର୍ଷତା	ଉତ୍କର୍ଷ
ଐକତା	ଐକ୍ୟ
କାର୍ପଣ୍ୟତା	କାର୍ପଣ୍ୟ / କୃପଣତା
ପାଟବତା	ପଟତା / ପାଟବ
ପୂଜ୍ୟାସ୍ ଦ	ପୂଜାଷ୍ଠଦ
ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତରେ	ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ
ସାବଧାନ ସବିତ	ସାବଧାନତା ସହିତ
ସୌଜନ୍ୟତା	ସୌଚ୍ଚନ୍ୟ – ସୁଜନତା

4. ‘ଣତ୍ୱ’ ବିଧ୍ଵଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି :

ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ
କୃକ୍ଷ୍ମ	ବିଷ୍ଣୁ
ଅପରାହ୍ନ	ଅପରାହ୍ନ
ପୂର୍ବାହ୍ନ	ପୂର୍ବାହ୍ନ
କ୍ଷୁନ୍ନ	କ୍ଷୁଣ୍ଣ
ବିଷୁ	ବିଷୁ

5. ତ୍ଵ’ ବିଧ୍ ଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି

ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ
ଆବିସ୍ନାର	ଆବିଷ୍କାର
ପରସ୍ପର	ପରସ୍ପର
ପୁରଷ୍କାର	ପୁରସ୍କାର
ପରିପ୍ତାର	ପରିଷ୍କାର
ବିସମ	ବିଷମ
ବିଷର୍ଜନ	ବିଷଣ୍ଣ
ସୁସମା	ବିସର୍ଜନ

6. ସନ୍ଧିଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି:

ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ
ଉଜ୍ଵଳ	ଉତ୍ବଳ
ଗଶେଷ	ଗଶେଶ
ଗିରିଷ	ଦିଗମ୍ବର
ଦିଗାମ୍ବର	ବୁରବସ୍ଥା
ଦ୍ଵରାବସ୍ଥା	ନିର୍ଚ୍ଚନ
ନାର୍ଚ୍ଚନ	ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ	ପ୍ରତ୍ୟହ
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେହ	ଚାପଦେବା
ବାକୁଦେବା	ମନୋଭାବ
ମନଭାବ	ମାନେ।ରଞ୍ଜନ
ମନରଞ୍ଜନ	ରେଜାଗୁଣ
ରଜଗୁଶ	ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସ
ସନ୍ୟାସ	ସାଶ୍ଚାସିକ
ସାଶାଣିକ	ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟୋପରାଗ
ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟପରାଗ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ

7. ସମାସଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି

ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ
ଅହର୍ନଶି	ଅହନିଶ
ଅଏହାରାତ୍ରି	ଆହୋରାତ୍ର
ଦିବାରାତ୍ରି	ଦିବାରାତ୍ର
ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧିନା	ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧିନ
ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦୋଷା	ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦୋଷ
ନିରପରାଧା	ନିରପରାଧ
ନାରୋଗା	ନାରୋଗ
ନାରୋଦ	ନାରଦ
ଶଶାଭୂଷଣ	ଶଶ୍ରିଭୂଷଣ

8. କୃଦନ୍ତ୍ରଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି:

ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ
ଅଧାନସ୍ଥ	ଅଧାନ
ଅନୁଗୃହ	ଅନୁଗ୍ରହ
ଉତ୍ୟକ୍ତ	ଉତ୍ତ୍ୟକ୍ତ
ଗୃହିତ	ଗୃହାତ
ସୃଜନ	ସର୍ଜନ

9. ତଜ୍ଜିତଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି:

ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ	ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ରୂପ
ଆବଶ୍ୟକାୟ	ଆବଶ୍ୟକ
ଆରକ୍ରିମ	ଆରକ୍ତ/ରକ୍ତିମ
ଉତୃକମୟ	ତତ୍ତୁଳ
ଏକତ୍ରିତ	ଏକତ୍ର
ଦାଶରଥା	ଦାଶରଥ୍
ପୌରହିତ୍ୟ	ପୌରେ।ହିତ୍ୟ
ଭୌଗଳିକ	ଭୌଗୋଳିକ

10. ବନାନଗତ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧି:

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions ରୂଢ଼ି (ରୁହ୍ + ତି) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Odia Grammar ରୂଢ଼ି (ରୁହ୍ + ତି)

(A) ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ରୂଢ଼ ଶବ୍ଦ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦ ପ୍ରକୃତି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟଗତ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ ନ କରି ଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ରୂଢ଼ ଶବ୍ଦ କୁହନ୍ତି ।

Question 2.
‘ରୂଢ଼ି’ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
କୌଣସି ଶବ୍ଦ ନିଜସ୍ବ ଅର୍ଥ ଛାଡ଼ି, ଅନ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦ ସହିତ ମିଶି ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲେ, ତାହାକୁ ‘ରୂଢ଼ି’ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 3.
ଶବ୍ଦ କେତେ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ଓ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଶବ୍ଦ ତିନି ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା- ରୂଢ଼, ଯୌଗିକ ଓ ଯୋଗରୂଢ଼ ।

Question 4.
ପ୍ରଚଳିତ ରୂଢ଼ି ପ୍ରୟୋଗର କେତୋଟି ଧାରା ପରିଲକ୍ଷିତ ହୁଏ ଓ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ?
ପ୍ରଚଳିତ ରୂଢ଼ି ପ୍ରୟୋଗର ୩ଟି ଧାରା ପରିଲକ୍ଷିତ ହୁଏ;
ଯଥା- (୧) କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ି (୨) କ୍ରିୟାଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂଢ଼ି (୩) ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ରୂଢ଼ି ।

Question 5.
କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ି କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ରୂଢ଼ିର ପଦସଂହତିରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ନଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 6.
କ୍ରିୟାଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂଢ଼ି କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ରୂଢ଼ିର ପଦସଂହତିରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ କ୍ରିୟାଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂଢ଼ି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 7.
ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ରୂଢ଼ି କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
ଯେଉଁ ରୂଢି ପ୍ରୟୋଗର ପଦସଂହତିରେ ଉପମାବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦର ବ୍ୟବହ୍ବାର ଦେଖାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ତୁଳନାତ୍ମକ ରୂଢ଼ି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

(B) ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ିଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅର୍ଥ ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ଅରଣ୍ୟ ରୋଦନ
Answer:
ନିଷ୍ପଳ ପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା

Question 2.
ଅନ୍ଧ ବୁଝାମଣା
Answer:
ଅନ୍ୟାୟ ବିଚାର

Question 3.
ଝାଳବୁହା ଧନ
Answer:
କଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଜିତ

Question 4.
ଅହିନକୁଳ ସମ୍ପର୍କ
Answer:
ଘେ।ର ଶତ୍ରୁତା

Question 5.
ଅଲଣା କଥା
Answer:
ମୂଲ୍ୟହାନ କଥା

Question 6.
ଅକଲ ଗୁଡୁମ୍
Answer:
ବୁଦ୍ଧିବଶା ହେବା

Question 7.
ଆକାଶ କୁସୁମ
Answer:
ବୃଆ ସ୍ଵପ୍ନ

Question 8.
ଉପୁରି ମାଲ
Answer:
ମାଗଣା ମିଳିବା

Question 9.
ଏକଘରକିଆ
Answer:
ସାମାଜିକ ବାସନ୍ଦ

Question 10.
ଓଳିଆରୁ ଗଜା
Answer:

Question 11.
କରଛଡ଼ା
Answer:
ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ନ ନେବା

Question 12.
କୁହାମୁଣ୍ଡା କପିଳା
Answer:
ହୁ ଅବାନ୍ତର କଥା କହିବା

Question 13.
କୁମ୍ଭୀର କାନ୍ଦଣା
Answer:
ଛଳନା/ଉପରଠାତ୍ତରିଆ ସହାନୁଭୂତି

Question 14.
ଖତଗଦାରେ ପଦ୍ମ
Answer:
ପ୍ରତିକୂଳ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ପ୍ରତିଭା ସ୍ଥୁରଣ

Question 15.
ଗୋବର ଗଣେଶ
Answer:
ମୂର୍ଖ / ନିର୍ବୋଧ

Question 16.
ଘୋଷା ବଳଦ
Answer:
କିଛି ନ ବୁଝି ମୁଖସ୍ଥ କରିବା

Question 17.
ଛକାପଞ୍ଝା
Answer:
ଉଭୟ ପକ୍ଷର ସତର୍କ ଭାବ

Question 18.
ଜୀବନମୂର୍ଚ୍ଛା
Answer:
ଆପ୍ରାଣ ଉଦ୍ୟମ

Question 19.
ବାଆକୁ ବତା
Answer:
କ୍ଷାଶ ଆଶ୍ରୟ

(C) ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂତ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା କ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ରୂଢ଼ିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ଅଳ୍ପ ଜ୍ଞାନ ଯୋଗୁଁ ଅପଦସ୍ଥ ହେବା
Answer:

Question 2.
ନିଜ ଲୋକ ଅଯୋଗ୍ୟ
Answer:

Question 3.
ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଆୟରୁ ଅଧିକ
Answer:
ଉପୁରି ମାଲ

Question 4.
ଗଭାରତାର ଅଭାବ
Answer:
ଉପର ଠାଉରିଆ

Question 5.
ଏପଟ ସେପଟ ଛିଦ୍ର କହି ଯେ ସବୁଠାରେ ଭଲେଇ ହୁଏ ।
Answer:
ଏ ଘର ମାଉସା ସେ ଘର ଶିଉସା

Question 6.
ଦାୟିତ୍ୱ ନ ନେବା
Answer:
ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ନ ନେବା

Question 7.
କଷ୍ଟସାଧ୍ୟ
Answer:
କାଠିକର ପାଠ

Question 8.
ଭାଗ୍ୟଫଳ
Answer:
କରାଇ ଲିଖନ

Question 9.
ସଙ୍କୁଚିତ ପରିବେଶରେ ବଢିଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି
Answer:
କୁପ ମଣ୍ତକ

Question 10.
ଅତି ସୁନ୍ଦର
Answer:
ଗୋଟିଏ ଚାଉଳର ଗଢ଼ା

Question 11.
ଗୋଷ୍ଠୀରୁ ଅଲଗା
Answer:
ଗୋଖେ ଶ୍ରିଆ

Question 12.
ନିଜ ଲୋକ ଶତ୍ରୁ
Answer:
ଘର ଢିଙ୍କି କୁମ୍ଭାର

Question 13.
ଅବସ୍ଥା ଅସମ୍ଭାଳ ହେବା
Answer:
ଘରକୁଢ଼ି ପାଣି ଆଣ୍ଠୁଏ

Question 14.
ତନ୍ନ ତନ୍ନ କରି ଦେଖୁ
Answer:
ଛୁଞ୍ଚ୍ ମାଛି ପରୀକ୍ଷା

Question 15.
ଅତି ପ୍ରିୟ
Answer:
ଜପମାଳି

Question 16.
ଗର୍ବ ଭାଙ୍ଗିବା
Answer:
ଜୋକ ମୁହୁଁରେ ଲୁଣ

Question 17.
ଏକକିଦିଆ
Answer:
ନଛେ।ଡ଼ବକ୍ଷା

Question 18.
ସାମାନ୍ୟ ଘଟଣାରୁ ଭୟଙ୍କର ପରିସ୍ଥିତିର ସୂତ୍ରପାତ
Answer:
ଝିମିଟି ଖେଳରୁ ମହାଭାରତ

(D) ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ କ୍ରିୟାଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂଢ଼ିଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅର୍ଥ ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ଅହନ୍ତି। ରଖିବା
Answer:
ପ୍ରତିହିଂସା ମନୋଭାବ ପୋଷଣ କରିବା

Question 2.
ଆଖୁରେ ରଖୁ
Answer:
ଯତ୍ନ ନେବା / ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ରଖିବା

Question 3.
ଆଖ୍ ପକାଇବା
Answer:
ଲୋଲୁପ ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ପକାଇବା

Question 4.
ଆଖ୍ ବୁଜିବା
Answer:
ମରିବା, ହେଦତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା

Question 5.
ଆଖ୍ ପାଇବା
Answer:
ଚାଲାଖ୍ ହେବା / କଳନା କରିବା

Question 6.
ଆଢ଼ ଆଖିରେ ନ ଚାର୍ହିବା
Answer:
ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନ ରଖିବା ନ ରଖଚା

Question 7.
ଭକ୍ଷନାଧାନ ଗଜା ହେବା
Answer:
ଅସମ୍ଭବ ସମ୍ଭବ ନ୍ଦେବା

Question 8.
କପାଳ ଖୋଲିବା
Answer:
ଭଲ ବେଳ ଗଡିବା

Question 9.
କଳାକାଠ ପଢିଯିବା
Answer:
ମଳିନ ପଡିଯିବା

Question 10.
କଳାକନା ଚୁଲାଇବା
Answer:
ସର୍ବନାଶ କରିବା

Question 11.
କାନରେ ହାତଦେବା
Answer:
ଆଡ଼ ଆଖୁ ନ ଚାହିଁବା

Question 12.
କୁହୁଡ଼ି ପହଁରିବା
Answer:
ବୃଥା ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରିବା

Question 13.
ଖୁଅ କାଢ଼ିବା
Answer:
କଥାକୁ ଘାଶ୍ରି ଦୋଷ ବାହାର କରିବା

Question 14.
ଗୁଜୁରାଣ ମେଣ୍ଟାଇବା
Answer:
କଷ୍ଟକରି କୌଣସିମତେ ଚଳିବା

Question 15.
ଗୋଡ଼ ହାତ ଧରିବା
Answer:
ଚ୍ରିନମ୍ର ଗୃହାରି କରିବା

Question 16.
ଚଳୁ କରିଦେବା
Answer:
ସବୁ ଶେଷ କରି ଦେବା।

Question 17.
ଚିତା କାଟିବା
Answer:
ଠକିବା

Question 18.
ନାଁ ରଖିବା
Answer:
ଯଶ ରଖିବା

Question 19.
ନାକ ଟେକିବା
Answer:
ପୃଶା କରିବା

Question 20.
ପିଠିରେ ପଡ଼ିବା
Answer:
ସାହା ହେବା

(E) ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ରୂଢ଼ିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
ବ୍ୟର୍ଥ ହେବା
Answer:
ଫସର ଫାଟିବା

Question 2.
ଅଥୟ କରିବା
Answer:
ନାକେଦମ୍ କରିବା

Question 3.
ବିରକ୍ତ ହେବା
Answer:
ନାକ ଛିଞ୍ଚାଡ଼ିବା

Question 4.
ସ୍କୁନାମ ଅର୍ଜନ କରିବା
Answer:
ନାଁ କରିବା

Question 5.
ଅନୁମାନ କରିବା
Answer:
ଅନ୍ଧାରକୁ ଟେକା ପକାଇବା

Question 6.
ଲୋଭ କରିବା
Answer:
ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ପକାଇବା

Question 7.
ମୋଟାମୋଟି ଦେଖୁବା
Answer:
ଆଗ୍ ଗୁଲାଇବା

Question 8.
ପସନ୍ଦ କରିବା
Answer:
ଆଖିକି ପାଇବା

Question 9.
ଠକି ଦେବା
Answer:
ଆଖିରେ ଧୂଳି ନଦେବା

Question 10.
ବିପଦକୁ ଡାକି ଆଣିବା
Answer:
ଆ ବଳଦ ମୋତେ ବିନ୍ଦ୍

Question 11.
ନ ପଚାରୁଣୁ କହିବା
Answer:
ଉପରେ ପଢ଼ି କହିବା

Question 12.
ସର୍ବନାଶ ହେବା
Answer:
ଘର ଢିଙ୍କି କୁମ୍ଭାର

Question 13.
ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଉପରେ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦେବା
Answer:
କଟା ଘା’ରେ ଚୂନ ଦେବା

Question 14.
କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବା
Answer:
କାମରେ ହାତ ଦେବା

Question 15.
କାତର ହେବା
Answer:
କାଠ ହୋଇଯିବା

Question 16.
ବିପଦରେ ପକାଇବା
Answer:
ଖାଲରେ ପକାଇବା

Question 17.
ଜୀବିକା ଛଡ଼ାଇନେବା
Answer:
ଖାଇବା ପତରରେ ଧୂଳି ଦେବା

Question 18.
ଚିନ୍ତିତ ହେବା
Answer:
ଗାଲରେ ହାତ ଦେବା

Question 19.
ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇ ରହିବା
Answer:
ଗୋଡଟେକି ବସିବା

Question 20.
ଅତି ଦୁଷ୍ଟାମି କରିବା
Answer:
ଚାଲିଲା ଶଗଡ଼ରେ ହାତଦେବା

(F) ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂଢ଼ି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

Question 1.
ପିଲାଟା ଏପରି ………………… ଯେ, ଯାହା କହିବ, ତାହା କରିବ ।
Answer:
ନଛେ।ଡ଼ାବନ୍ଧି ।

Question 2.
କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଟି କରିବା ତୁମ ପକ୍ଷରେ ………………………।
Answer:
କାଠିକର ପାଠ

Question 3.
ତାକୁ ଆଉ କିଛି କୁହ ନାହିଁ, ସେ ଭୟରେ ……………….. ପଢ଼ିଗଲାଣି ।
Answer:
କଳାକାଠ

Question 4.
ସେ ମୋ ସମ୍ପତ୍ତି ଉପରେ ……………………….।
Answer:
ଆଖ୍ ପକାଇଛି

Question 5.
ତାକୁ ଠକିବା ସହଜ ନୁହେଁ । ସେ …………………. କରି ସବୁ ଦେଖୁବ ।
Answer:
ଛୁଞ୍ଚମାଛି ପରୀକ୍ଷା

Question 6.
ତା’ ବାପା ଚିରଦିନ ପାଇଁ ………………………. .।
Answer:
ଆଖି ବୁଚ୍ଚିଲେ

Question 7.
ସେ ତ …………………. ସାଜି ଅନର୍ଥ ସୃଷ୍ଠି କରୁଛି, ତାକୁ କ’ଣ ଚିହ୍ନିନାର୍ହା ?
Answer:
ନାଟର ଗୋବର୍ଦ୍ଧିନ

Question 8.
ସେଇଟା ଗୋଟାଏ _…………………….., ତା’ ସହିତ ପିଲାଙ୍କୁ ଛାଡ଼ ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ବଶ ବିଛୁଆତି

Question 9.
………………. ଧନ ମଣିଷକୁ ପ୍ରକୃତ ଶାନ୍ତି ଦିଏ ।
Answer:
ଝାଳଗୁହା

Question 10.
ପ୍ରକୃତ କଥା ନ ଜାଣି ………………. କହୁଛି କାହିଁକି?
Answer:
ଠାସୁକୁ ମାରି

Question 11.
ଦୟାନିଧ୍, ଦାନବଦ୍ଧିଙ୍କର …………………. ବନ୍ଧୁ ।
Answer:
ଦେହଲଗା

Question 12.
ସବୁ କଥାରୁ ………………….. ତାହାର ଗୋଟାଏ ମନ୍ଦ ଅଭ୍ୟାସା
Answer:
ଗୁଅ କାଢ଼ିବା

Question 13.
ତାଙ୍କର ………………. ନାତି ତାଙ୍କ ବିଫଳତାର କାରଣା
Answer:
ହୁଙ୍କାପିଟା

Question 14.
ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ …………………… ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ।
Answer:
ମୁହଁ ଦେବା

Question 15.
ଧୌର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଧର, ………………… ହୋଇପଡୁଛ କାର୍ହିକି?
Answer:
ନଈ ନ ଦେଖୁଣୁ ଲଙ୍ଗଳା

Question 16.
ଗୋରମାନେ କାଲି ତାକ୍ତରଙ୍କ ଘରେ ………………. ଦେଇଗଲେ ।
Answer:
କଳାକନା ଗୁଲାଇ

Question 17.
ସତେ କ’ଣ …………….. ନା, ମୋ ପିଲ।ଟି ରୋଗମୁକ୍ତ ହେବା
Answer:
କଳାକନା ଗଜା ହେବ

Question 18.
ମୁଁ ଆଉଶଙ୍କ ………………. ମୋତେ ଏଇଥିରକ କ୍ଷମା କରିଦିଅନ୍ତୁ ।
Answer:
ହାତ ଧରୁଛି

Question 19.
ଭାଇ ଭାଇ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ………………. ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବା ଆଦୌ ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ।
Answer:
ଅହିନକୁଳ ସମ୍ପର୍କ

Question 20.
………………… କୁ କିଏ ବା ବଦଳେଇ ଦେଇପାରିବା?
Answer:
କପାଳ ଲିଖନ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Odia Solutions ‘ଣତ୍ୱ’ ବିଧ୍ ଓ ‘ଷତ୍ବ’ ବିଧ୍ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Odia Grammar ‘ଣତ୍ୱ’ ବିଧ୍ ଓ ‘ଷତ୍ବ’ ବିଧ୍

(A) ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
‘ଣତ୍ୱ’ ବିଧ୍ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ପଦ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ‘ନ’ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ‘ଣ’ ହେବାକୁ ‘ଣତ୍ୱ’ ବିଧ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 2.
ପଦ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ‘ନ’ ଥିଲେ ‘ଣ’ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ପଦ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ‘ଋ’, ‘ର’, ଓ ‘ଷ’ ପରେ ‘ନ’ ଥିଲେ ‘ଣ’ ହୁଏ ।

Question 3.
ପଦରେ ‘ନ’ ଓ ‘ଣ’ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ବର୍ଷ ବ୍ୟବଧାନ ଥିଲେ ‘ନ’ର ‘ଣ’ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ପଦରେ ‘ନ’ ଓ ‘ଣ’ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ‘କ’ ବର୍ଗ, ‘ପ’ ବର୍ଗ ଏବଂ ଯ, ୟ, ୱ, ହ ଏବଂ (°) ଅନୁସ୍ବାର ବର୍ଷ ବ୍ୟବଧାନ ଥିଲେ ‘ନ’ ର ‘ଣ’ ହୁଏ ।

Question 4.
‘ମନ’– ଏଠାରେ ‘ନ’ କାହିଁକି ‘ଣ’ ହୋଇନାହିଁ ?
Answer:
‘ମନ’ – ଏହି ଶବ୍ଦଟି ଭାଷାରେ ଅବିକଳ ଏହିପରି ଚଳୁଅଛି ଏବଂ ଏହି ଶବ୍ଦରେ ‘ର’ ‘ର’ କିମ୍ବା ‘ଷ’ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନାହିଁ । ତେଣୁ ‘ନ’ ର ‘ଣ’ ହେଉ ନାହିଁ ।

Question 5.
ରଚନା ଏଠାରେ ‘ନ’ କାହିଁକି ‘ଣ’ ହୋଇନାହିଁ ?
Answer:
‘ରଚନା’– ଏହି ଶବ୍ଦରେ ‘ର’ ଓ ‘ନ’ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ‘ଚ’ ବର୍ଗର ‘ଚ’ ବର୍ଷ ବ୍ୟବଧାନ ଥିବା ହେତୁ ‘ନ’ର ‘ଣ’ ହୋଇନାହିଁ ।

Question 6.
ଭାଷଣ– ଏଠାରେ ‘ଷ’ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ନ ଥିବାରୁ ‘ନ’ ର ‘ଣ’ ହୋଇଛି ।
Answer:
ଭାଷଣ– ଏଠାରେ ‘ଷ’ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ନ ଥିବାରୁ ‘ନ’ ର ‘ଣ’ ହୋଇଛି ।

Question 7.
ରାମାୟଣ- ଏଠାରେ ‘ନ’ ର ‘ଣ’ କାହିଁକି ହୋଇଛି ?
Answer:
ରାମାୟଣ – ଏଠାରେ ‘ର’ ଓ ‘ନ’ ବର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ‘ଆ’ ସ୍ଵରବର୍ଣ୍ଣ, ‘ପ’ ବର୍ଗର ‘ମ’ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଓ ‘ୟ’ ବ୍ୟବଧାନ ଥିବା ହେତୁ ‘ନ’ ର ‘ଣ’ ହୋଇଅଛି ।

Question 8.
‘ନ’ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ‘ଣ’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥିବା ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରାଣ ।

Question 9.
‘ଷତ୍ବ’ ବିଧ୍ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ପଦ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ‘ସ’ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ‘ଷ’ ହେବାକୁ ‘ଷତ୍ଵ’ ବିଧ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 10.
କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ସ୍ୱରବର୍ଷ ପରେ ‘ସ’ ଥିଲେ ‘ସ’ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ?
Answer:
‘ଅ’ ଓ ‘ଆ’ ପରେ ‘ସ’ ଥିଲେ ‘ସ’ ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।

Question 11.
କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ସ୍ୱରବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପରେ ‘ସ’ ଥିଲେ ‘ସ’ ର ‘ଷ’ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
‘ଇ’ ଠାରୁ ‘ଔ’ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସ୍ଵରବର୍ଷ ପରେ ‘ସ’ ଥିଲେ ‘ସ’ ର ‘ଷ’ ହୁଏ ।

Question 12.
କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ବ୍ୟଞ୍ଜନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପରବର୍ତୀ ‘ସ’ ର ‘ଷ’ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
‘କ’ ବର୍ଗ, ଏବଂ ‘ର’କାର ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ

Question 13.
କେଉଁ ସନ୍ଧିଜାତ ‘ସ’ର ‘ଷ’ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ବିସର୍ଗ ସନ୍ଧିଜାତ ‘ସ’ର ‘ଷ’ ହୁଏ ।‘ସ’ ର ‘ଷ’ ହୁଏ ।

Question 14.
କେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବୈଦେଶିକ ଶବ୍ଦ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
`ମ ଭାଷାରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ବିଦେଶୀ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବୈଦେଶିକ ଶବ୍ଦ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 15.
କେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ‘ଷତ୍ଵ’ ବିଧୂ ନିୟମ ଲାଗୁହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ?
Answer:
ବୈଦେଶିକ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ‘ଷତ୍ଵ’ ବିଧ୍ ନିୟମ ଲାଗୁହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।

(B) ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶାନୁସାରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।

Question 1.
(ପ୍ ର୍ ଅ ସ୍ ଊ ନ୍ ଅ) – ଏହି ବର୍ଣ୍ଣରୂପର ଶବ୍ଦରୂପ କ’ଣ ହେବ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରସୂନ

Question 2.
‘ବିଦୀର୍ଣ୍ଣ’ – ଏହି ଶବ୍ଦରେ କେଉଁ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ‘ଣ’ ଅଛି ?
Answer:
‘ର’ ପରେ

Question 3.
‘ଅନ୍ଵେଷଣ’ – ଏହି ଶବ୍ଦରେ କେଉଁ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ‘ଣ’ ଅଛି ?
Answer:
‘ଷ’ ପରେ

Question 4.
‘ମାର୍ଗଣ’ – ଏଠାରେ ‘ର’ ଓ ‘ନ’ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କେଉଁ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବ୍ୟବଧାନ ଅଛି ?
Answer:
‘କ’ ବର୍ଗର ‘ଗ’ ବର୍ଷ

Question 5.
ଅର୍ଜୁନ – ଏଠାରେ ‘ନ’ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ‘ଣ’ ହୋଇନାହିଁ କାହିଁକି ?
Answer:
‘ଜ’ ବ୍ୟବଧାନ ହେତୁ

Question 6.
ଅଣାକାର – ଏଠାରେ ‘ଣ’ ଅଛି କାହିଁକି ?
Answer:
ସ୍ଵାଭାବିକ ଭାବରେ

Question 7.
ଆସ୍ତିକ – ଏଠାରେ କେଉଁ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ‘ସ’ ଅଛି ?
Answer:
‘ଆ’ ପରେ

Question 8.
ଶୁଶ୍ରୂଷା – ଏଠାରେ କାହା ପରେ ‘ଷ’ ଅଛି ?
Answer:
‘ଉ’ ପରେ